LELY GOLF VILLAS I LTD PARTNERSHIP
S-11, 1999-03-05
Previous: STRUCTURED ASSET SEC CORP MORT PASS THR CERT SER 1999 1, 8-K, 1999-03-05
Next: STATE STREET RESEARCH INSTITUTIONAL FUND, N-8A, 1999-03-05



      As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 5, 1999
                              Registration No. 333-

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM S-11
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                      UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                     LELY GOLF VILLAS I LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
               (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Governing
                                  Instruments)

                           3185 Horseshoe Drive South
                              Naples, Florida 34104
                            Telephone: (941) 649-6310
                    (Address of Principal Executive Offices)

                                 A. Jack Solomon
                             Chief Executive Officer
                          Ronto Golf Developments, Inc.
                           3185 Horseshoe Drive South
                              Naples, Florida 34104
                            Telephone: (941) 649-6310
            (Name, Address and Telephone Number of Agent for Service)

                                    Copy to:
                        Robert C. Brighton, Jr., Esquire
                Ruden, McClosky, Smith, Schuster, & Russell, P.A.
                           200 East Broward Boulevard
                         Fort Lauderdale, Florida 33301
                                 (954) 764-6660

         Approximate  date of  commencement  of proposed sale to the public:  As
soon as practicable after the registration statement becomes effective.

         If any of the  securities  being  registered  on  this  Form  are to be
offered on a delayed or continuous  basis pursuant to Rule 415 of the Securities
Act of 1933, check the following box. /X/
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                         CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Title                                    Proposed maximum range of     Proposed maximum          
of securities to           Amount to be      offering price per        aggregate offering        Amount of
be registered              registered             Unit                 price                     registration fee
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Condominium Units
and Mandatory Rental
<S>                        <C>             <C>         <C>            <C>                           <C>    
Program                    200 Units       $125,000 to $240,000       $38,000,000                   $10,564
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

         The registrant hereby amends this registration  statement on such dates
or date as may be necessary  to delay its  effective  date until the  registrant
shall file a further amendment which specifically  states that this registration
statement shall  thereafter  become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of
the  Securities  Act of 1933 or until the  registration  statement  shall become
effective on such date as the Commission,  acting pursuant to said Section 8(a),
may determine.



<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                              CROSS REFERENCE TABLE

                             LOCATION IN PROSPECTUS
                        OF INFORMATION REQUIRED BY PART I
                                  OF FORM S-11

Item No.       Caption                                   Location in Prospectus
- --------       -------                                   ----------------------

<S>            <C>                                          <C>
Item 1         Forepart of Registration Statement           Front Cover
               and Outside Front Cover Page of
               Prospectus

Item 2         Inside Front and Outside Back Cover          Front and Outside Back Cover
               Pages of Prospectus

Item 3         Summary Information, Risk Factors            Questions and Answers; Summary;
               and Ratio of Earnings to Fixed               Risk Factors
               Charges        

Item 4         Determination of Offering Price              Determination of Offering Price

Item 5         Dilution                                     N/A

Item 6         Selling Security Holders                     N/A

Item 7         Plan of Distribution                         Plan of Distribution

Item 8         Use of Proceeds                              Use of Proceeds

Item 9         Selected Financial Data                      N/A

Item 10        Management's Discussion and                  N/A
               Analysis of Financial Condition and
               Results of Operation

Item 11        General Information as to Registrant         Questions and Answers; Summary;
                                                            The Company

Item 12        Policy with Respect to Certain               N/A
               Activities

Item 13        Investment Policies of Registrant            N/A

Item 14        Description of Real Estate                   Questions and Answers; Summary;
                                                            The Resort



<PAGE>


Item No.            Caption                                            Location in Prospectus
- --------            -------                                            ----------------------

Item 15        Operating Data                               N/A

Item 16        Tax Treatment of Registrant and Its          Certain Federal Tax Aspects
               Security Holders

Item 17        Market Price of and Dividends on             N/A
               Registrant's Common Equity and
               Related Stockholder Matters

Item 18        Description of Registrant's Securities       Questions and Answers; Summary

Item 19        Legal Proceedings                            N/A

Item 20        Security Ownership of Certain                The Company
               Beneficial Owners and Management

Item 21        Directors and Executive Officers             The Company

Item 22        Executive Compensation                       The Company

Item 23        Certain Relationships and Related            Questions and Answers; Summary;
               Transactions                                 The Company

Item 24        Selection, Management and Custody            N/A
               of Registrant's Investments

Item 25        Policies with Respect to Certain             N/A
               Transactions

Item 26        Limitations of Liability                     N/A

Item 27        Financial Statements and Information         Financial Statements; Projections

Item 28        Interests of Named Experts and               Experts
               Counsel

Item 29        Disclosure of Commission Position            N/A
               on Indemnification for Securities Act
               Liabilities

Item 30        Quantitative and Qualitative                 N/A
               Disclosures About Market Risk

<PAGE>

                             LOCATION IN PROSPECTUS
                       OF INFORMATION REQUIRED BY PART II
                                  OF FORM S-11


Item No.                                Caption           Location in Prospectus
- --------                                -------           ----------------------

Item 31        Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution  N/A
Item 32        Sales to Special Parties                     N/A
Item 33        Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities      N/A
Item 34        Indemnification of Executive Committee
               Members and Administrative Partner           N/A
Item 35        Treatment of Proceeds from Stock Being
               Registered                                   N/A
Item 36        Financial Statements and Exhibits            N/A
Item 37        Undertakings                                 N/A

<PAGE>
</TABLE>



[GRAPHIC OMITTED]



      PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS DATED MARCH 5, 1999 -- SUBJECT TO COMPLETION


               [TO BE DETERMINED] RESORT AND GOLF CLUB OF NAPLES

200 Resort Condominium Units
Coupled with a Mandatory Rental Agreement

Lely Golf Villas I Limited  Partnership  (the  "Company")  is offering up to 200
fully-furnished  residential  condominium units (the "Units") that are part of a
golf resort condominium (the "Condominium") and related resort properties called
[To be  determined]  (the  "Resort")  and Golf  Club of Naples to be built in 17
residential  phases  in the  Naples,  Florida  area.  The Units  consist  of (1)
condominiums of various sizes and dimensions,  (2) an undivided  interest in the
common  elements of the  Condominium  and (3) certain rights to use the Flamingo
Island and Mustang golf courses located next to the Resort (the "Golf Courses").
In  connection  with the purchase of a Unit,  each  purchaser  must enter into a
rental  program  agreement  with an affiliate of the Company  providing  for the
rental of the purchaser's Unit.

The Company is offering the Units at prices ranging from approximately  $125,000
to  $240,000,  depending  upon the size of the  specific  Unit and its  location
within the Condominium.  The aggregate  offering price for the sale of Units may
be up to $38,000,000.

This  investment  involves a high degree of risk.  Consider  carefully  the risk
factors beginning on page __ before investing. These risk factors include:

         o        Income  from the rental of a Unit (1) is not  guaranteed,  (2)
                  will vary in amount  depending upon the time of year, a Unit's
                  size,  location within the Condominium and occupancy rate, (3)
                  will  likely  be  insufficient  to  pay  a  typical   mortgage
                  obligation  and  (4)  may  be  insufficient  to  pay  expenses
                  associated with ownership of the Unit.

         o        No market  currently exists for the resale of the Units and no
                  public market is expected to develop in the future.  The Units
                  will not be listed  on any  securities  exchange  or quoted by
                  Nasdaq.

         o        The income tax  treatment of an  investment in the Units by an
                  individual  investor  depends  on  various  factors  including
                  personal use of the Unit by the investor.

         o        The Company has no prior  experience  as a developer of resort
                  properties and the success of the  Condominium is dependent on
                  the efforts of the Resort Operator in managing the maintenance
                  and  rental of the  Units,  as well as  general  economic  and
                  market factors.

         o        The value of the Units depends in part on a Unit Owners' right
                  to use the Golf Courses. This right may be cut-off by defaults



<PAGE>



                  under leases, subleases or action by mortgagees or lienholders
                  with respect to the Golf Courses and may be adversely affected
                  by the failure of the operator of the Golf Courses to maintain
                  the Golf Courses.

The  Company has the right to reject any offer to  purchase,  and to withdraw or
cancel further sales,  without  notice.  The Company is not required to sell any
Units until it has entered into 40 binding purchase contracts. However, once the
Company has sold 40 Units or waived this condition,  it is obligated to complete
construction of 40 Units and all of the Resort's  amenities.  The Company cannot
assure that any or all of the Units will be sold.

The Company will directly  offer and sell the Units  through  employees who will
not be  specially  compensated  for the sale of Units.  The Company may also use
third  party  sales  agents  who hold  appropriate  securities  and real  estate
licenses under applicable federal and state law.

Neither the Company nor any  affiliate  of the Company  does  business  with the
Government  of Cuba nor with any  person  or  affiliate  located  in Cuba.  This
information is current as of the later of the date of filing of this  Prospectus
with (x) the Securities and Exchange  Commission and (y) the Florida  Department
of Banking and Finance.  Current  information  concerning the Company's business
dealings  with Cuba may be obtained  from the Florida  Department of Banking and
Finance,  Division of  Securities  and Investor  Protection,  at 101 East Gaines
Street, Tallahassee, Florida 32399-0350; telephone: (805) 410-9805.



<PAGE>






Neither  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  nor  any  state  securities
commission has approved nor disapproved  the securities,  nor determined if this
Prospectus  is truthful or  complete.  Any  representation  to the contrary is a
criminal offense.

                                              _________________, 1999




<PAGE>



                              QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS


         1.       Q:       What is a resort condominium unit?

                  A:       A   resort   condominium   unit   is  a   residential
                           condominium unit, together with an undivided interest
                           in the common  elements of the  Condominium,  that is
                           part of the  Resort.  Your Unit  will be rented  with
                           other  Units  for  short-term  recreational  purposes
                           pursuant  to a  mandatory  Rental  Program  Agreement
                           between you and the  Company's  affiliate,  Lely Golf
                           Villas II Limited  Partnership  ("LGV II"), as Rental
                           Manager.  Each Unit is a fully  furnished  suite that
                           includes  a  kitchen,  living  area  and  either  two
                           bedrooms  and two  bathrooms  or  three-bedrooms  (or
                           two-bedrooms  and  den)  and   three-bathrooms.   The
                           three-bedroom  Unit  may be  used  as a  two-bedroom,
                           two-bathroom    suite   with   a   one-bedroom    and
                           one-bathroom   hotel   room   that   can  be   rented
                           separately.  The mandatory  Rental Program  Agreement
                           provides for the payment to you of the rental  income
                           derived from your Unit, less related expenses.  These
                           expenses  include  a  commission  paid to the  Rental
                           Manager for rental services provided under the Rental
                           Program Agreement,  certain annual licensing fees for
                           use by the Unit Owners of the Golf  Courses  ("Annual
                           Licensing   Fees")  and  a  reserve  for  repair  and
                           replacement  of  furnishings,  housewares and certain
                           other items (the "Interior Maintenance Fund").


         2.       Q: What kind of resort facility is the Resort?

                  A: The Resort is an  upscale  resort  facility  located in the
                     Lely Resort  designed  primarily for golf  enthusiasts.  In
                     addition  to the  Units,  the  Resort  includes  a separate
                     building  containing  a  lobby  and  reception  area.  This
                     building will be owned and managed by the Company or one of
                     its affiliates. The Resort includes a sundries shop, arcade
                     and  activity  room that will be  contained  in a  building
                     owned by the Company or one of its affiliates. The Resort's
                     facilities  also  include  a  fully-equipped  gym,  men and
                     women's  saunas,  a massage  facility  and a sports bar and
                     grill  contained in commercial  Units that will be owned by
                     the  Company  or one of its  affiliates.  The bar and grill
                     initially  will be owned and operated by the Company or one
                     of its  affiliates.  The Resort  will also  contain a 5,000
                     square  foot  putting  green,  adult and  kiddie  pools,  a
                     cabana,  a tanning beach, a volleyball court and two tennis
                     courts.  The first phase  should be completed by the end of
                     the  second  quarter  of 1999.  Units  are  expected  to be
                     available for rental beginning in November 1999.


         3.       Q: What is the Lely Resort?

                  A: The Lely  Resort is a 2,900  acre  country  club  community
                     under  development  by  Lely  Development  Corporation,   a
                     leading land developer in Collier County for over 25 years.
                     Upon  completion,  the  Lely  Resort  will be a  mixed  use
                     residential

                                        1

<PAGE>



                     community that includes custom homes,  mid-rise condominium
                     units,  retail sites and office and commercial  properties.
                     The Lely  Resort  currently  features  two  public  and one
                     private 18-hole golf courses served by a 27,000 square foot
                     (under air conditioning) club house.


         4.       Q: What are my rights to use the Golf Courses in season?

                  A: As a Unit  Owner you will have the right to play an 18-hole
                     round of golf 42 times  each  year in  season  (November  1
                     through April 30) on the Golf Courses up to a maximum of 85
                     rounds for all  persons who qualify as a Unit Owner of your
                     Unit without the payment of green fees.  You and each other
                     person who  qualifies as a Unit Owner of your Unit may make
                     reservations  for tee times up to one year in  advance  for
                     dates  during  which  your  Unit is not  rented or you rent
                     another Unit at the Resort. If your Unit is rented, you may
                     still play on a space  available basis without payment of a
                     green fee up to the  number of free  rounds  per Unit Owner
                     discussed  above. If you own a  three-bedroom  Unit and are
                     occupying  the  one-bedroom  and  bath  hotel  room  or the
                     two-bedroom suite while renting the remainder of your Unit,
                     your  Unit is  considered  "rented"  and you  will not have
                     reservation  privileges.   You  will  be  required  to  pay
                     standard  fees and costs  charged by the Golf  Courses  for
                     golf cart and  equipment  rental and for goods or services,
                     other than  green fees both in and out of season.  You will
                     also be  required  to pay  green  fees to play in season in
                     excess of the 42 individual or 85 total free play times.


         5.       Q: What are my rights to use the Golf Courses out of season?

                  A: Out of season  (during the months of May  through  October)
                     from 1999 to 2004,  if you  exceed  your 42 free play times
                     (or 85 rounds for all Unit Owners of your Unit) you may use
                     the Golf  Courses  and will not be  charged  green fees for
                     your excess plays.  However,  commencing  in May 2005,  you
                     will be charged  one-half of the published resort green fee
                     for excess uses over your free play times out of season.


         6.       Q: Are  there any  other  limitations  on my rights to use the
                  Golf Courses?

                  A: From  December  16  through  April 15,  you may only play a
                     maximum of seven days  during any one 30-day  period.  Once
                     all  seven  days  have  been  used,  you must wait ten days
                     before  being  eligible to schedule  additional  tee times,
                     except that there may be one period of up to 14 days of use
                     per season within a particular 30-day period.  However, you
                     may not use the Golf  Courses for ten days before and after
                     the first and last day of this 14-day period. From April 16
                     through  December 15, you may use the Golf Courses as often
                     as you wish,  subject to availability of tee times. All use
                     of the  Golf  Courses,  including  use by  reservation,  is
                     subject to  availability.  To reduce the chance that no tee
                     times will be available  when you wish to play,  you should


                                        2

<PAGE>



                     reserve a tee time by providing  the Resort  Operator  with
                     written  notice up to one year in  advance  of the  date(s)
                     when you wish to play.  Failure to play at a reserved  time
                     without  timely  cancellation  will  be  charged  as a  use
                     against your 42 individual  and 85 total free play times. A
                     "cancellation"  or "no  show" fee will be  assessed  if all
                     free play times have been used.


         7.       Q: Who is considered a "Unit Owner" for purposes of use of the
                  Golf Courses?

                  A: A "Unit Owner"  includes  (1) one person and that  person's
                     immediate  family,  comprised of a husband,  wife and their
                     dependent  children  under  25,  (2) two  adults  who  live
                     together  and  hold  themselves  out to the  public  as the
                     equivalent of a married couple and their dependent children
                     under  25,  or  (3)  two  joint  tenants.  In  addition,  a
                     corporation  operating an ongoing commercial  business that
                     owns a Unit may  designate  one  person  and that  person's
                     immediate  family or two individuals to have the privileges
                     of a Unit Owner.


         8.       Q: Who is going to operate the Resort?

                  A: The Rental Manager is in  negotiations  to engage  MeriStar
                     Management Company, L.L.C., an affiliate of MeriStar Hotels
                     & Resorts,  Inc., as Resort  Operator.  The Resort Operator
                     and certain of its  affiliates  manage and operate  various
                     hotel  assets,  including  most  of  the  hotels  owned  by
                     American General Hospitality Corporation,  making it one of
                     the largest  independent hotel management  companies in the
                     United  States  based on number of rooms under  management.
                     The Resort  Operator is included  in the  MeriStar  Group's
                     Resorts  division  which  focuses  on  sun,  golf  and  ski
                     oriented   properties.   These   resorts   are  located  in
                     California,  Florida, Georgia,  Massachusetts,  Vermont and
                     the U.S.  Virgin Islands and are operated under  nationally
                     recognized  brand  names  such as  Hilton(R),  Sheraton(R),
                     Westin(R), Marriott(R), Doubletree(R)and Radisson(R).


         9.       Q: What  happens  if the  proposed  agreement  with the Resort
                  Operator is not  consummated or is terminated  without another
                  experienced resort operator being available to take over?

                  A: In the event that the  proposed  agreement  with the Resort
                     Operator is not  consummated  or is  terminated  without an
                     experienced  operator  being  available  to take over,  the
                     Company or one of its  affiliates  will  operate the Resort
                     until an experienced resort operator can be retained.




                                        3

<PAGE>



         10.      Q:  What will be the  involvement  of the  Company  and LGV II
                  after the offering?

                  A: The  Company  will  collect a royalty fee from LGV II under
                     the terms of the Assignment and  Assumption  Agreement,  an
                     agreement  providing for the  assignment of golf and rental
                     rights to LGV II. LGV II will  collect user fees for use of
                     the Golf Courses from non-Unit Owners ("Designated  Users")
                     as provided  under the Use and Access  Agreement  with Golf
                     Enterprises,  Inc., the agreement  which provides rights to
                     use the Golf Courses.  If all of the Units  constructed are
                     not  sold,  the  Company  will be a Unit  Owner  that  will
                     generally  be treated  the same as every  other Unit Owner.
                     The Company expects in most cases to include these Units in
                     the rental program. In addition,  the Company or one of its
                     affiliates  will initially own and operate four  commercial
                     condominium Units. These commercial  condominium Units will
                     be used for the Resort's bar and grill, gym, the saunas and
                     the massage room, as well for vending and storage purposes.
                     The  Company  will be required  to pay  assessments  to the
                     Association  after the  expiration of the Guarantee  Period
                     (as defined in the Answer to Question  15) with  respect to
                     these commercial condominium units but will not be required
                     to pay Annual  Licensing  Fees.  The  Company or one of its
                     affiliates  will also  initially own a building on property
                     next to the  Resort  that  will  be  used  as a  lobby  and
                     reception area for the Resort but which will not be part of
                     the Condominium.  LGV II, as Rental Manager, will collect a
                     rental  commission  from each Unit Owner for  operating the
                     Resort and  supervising  the rental and  maintenance of the
                     Units under the Rental  Program  Agreement and collect fees
                     and receive  payments for  providing  certain  services and
                     goods to Unit Owners and their guests.


         11.      Q: How often can I use my Unit?

                  A: From  December  16 through  April 15,  syou may occupy your
                     Unit up to a total of four weeks.  You are also  restricted
                     to a maximum  of seven days  during any one 30-day  period.
                     Once all seven days have been used,  you must wait ten days
                     before  being  eligible to occupy  your Unit again,  except
                     that there may be one period of up to 14 days of  occupancy
                     per year within a particular  30-day period.  However,  you
                     may not occupy  your Unit for ten days before and after the
                     first and last day of such occupancy. From April 16 through
                     December  15, you may occupy your Unit as much as you wish,
                     subject to  availability.  To reduce  the chance  that your
                     Unit will be  unavailable,  you should  provide  the Resort
                     Operator with written notice at least six months in advance
                     of the dates during which you wish to use your Unit.

                     You should be aware that the amount of your personal  usage
                     of your Unit may limit your tax deductions relating to your
                     Unit.  Frequent use of your Unit,  particularly  in season,
                     will also significantly  reduce your income from the rental
                     of your Unit.




                                        4

<PAGE>



         12.      Q: How does the Rental Program Agreement work?

                  A: You are required to enter into a Rental  Program  Agreement
                     with LGV II as Rental  Manager when you purchase your Unit.
                     Under the Rental  Program  Agreement you will agree to make
                     your Unit  available  for  rental  and to limit your use of
                     your Unit as  described  in the answer to Question  11. LGV
                     II,  acting  through  the  Resort  Operator,  will serve as
                     exclusive  rental agent for your Unit and manage the rental
                     and maintenance of your Unit. The Resort Operator will rent
                     your Unit on terms and conditions  determined by the Rental
                     Manager,  including  the rental  rate.  Neither  the Rental
                     Manager  nor the  Resort  Operator  guarantees  a  specific
                     rental occupancy rate or a specific level of rental income.


         13.      Q: What are my costs and expenses relating to the rental of my
                  Unit?

                  A: Gross rental  revenue does not include sales taxes,  resort
                     taxes or similar taxes or charges.  The Rental Manager will
                     deduct from gross rental revenue related travel agent fees,
                     airline booking fees, and credit card and check  collection
                     fees and any other  applicable  collection  or booking fees
                     ("Adjusted Gross Rental Revenue"). From this Adjusted Gross
                     Rental Revenue,  the Rental Manager will subtract an amount
                     initially  equal to 3% of the Adjusted Gross Rental Revenue
                     derived from the rental of your Unit during the prior month
                     to create and maintain an Interior  Maintenance  Fund.  The
                     Interior  Maintenance  Fund  will  be  used  to pay for the
                     repair or replacement of  furnishings,  linens,  decorative
                     items, accessories, floor and wall coverings, equipment and
                     appliances.  The  Rental  Manager  will  subtract  from the
                     balance   remaining   after  these   deductions   a  rental
                     commission  of 50% of Adjusted  Gross Rental  Revenue to be
                     paid to the  Rental  Manager  for  managing  the rental and
                     maintenance  of your Unit.  The Rental  Manager  may in its
                     discretion  deduct from your portion of the Adjusted  Gross
                     Rental  Revenue  any costs  incurred  by the  Company,  the
                     Rental Manager or the Resort  Operator with respect to your
                     Unit.  Such costs may include  unpaid  taxes,  assessments,
                     liens,  judgments,  and deficiencies in amounts required to
                     replace,  repair and  maintain the interior of the Units in
                     excess of amounts  contained  in the  Interior  Maintenance
                     Fund and Annual Licensing Fees.


         14.      Q: When will I receive my rental revenue check?

                  A: After making the  deductions  described in Question 13, the
                     Rental  Manager will pay you the balance of rental  revenue
                     received  from the rental of your Unit during the preceding
                     month,  if any,  by check on or about  the 20th day of each
                     month. If rental revenues are insufficient to pay the costs
                     described  in the answer to Question 13 above,  you will be
                     billed by the Rental Manager for the deficiency.




                                        5

<PAGE>


         15.      Q: What happens if the Resort loses money?

                  A: The  Company and the Rental  Manager  bear any risk of loss
                     for  expenses  related  to  the  general  operation  of the
                     Resort.  You and other Unit Owners are only responsible for
                     making up any shortfalls related to your Unit or the common
                     elements,  either directly or through the Association.  The
                     Company   has   agreed  to   guarantee   that   Association
                     assessments  will not exceed  $_____ per month and will pay
                     all  Association  expenses  not paid from dues,  other than
                     special assessments, until the end of the Guarantee Period,
                     defined  as  the  earlier  of  ____________,  2000  or  the
                     Majority  Election  Date  (as  defined  in the  Association
                     Articles of Incorporation).


         16.      Q:  Will  there be any  debt or lien on my Unit or the  common
                  elements following completion of construction?

                  A: At the time you  purchase  your  Unit,  the only  debt that
                     relates  to your  Unit  will  be debt  that  you  incur  in
                     connection  with the purchase of your Unit, debt related to
                     the Lely Community Development District ("CDD") obligations
                     and real estate  taxes as  described  in Question 17 below.
                     The  construction  of the Resort  will be  financed  by the
                     Company and unsold Units will be subject to the lien of the
                     Company's  lender. At the closing of the sale of your Unit,
                     the  portion  of the debt  relating  to your  Unit  will be
                     discharged  from the sale  proceeds  and the  related  lien
                     removed  as to  your  Unit  and  your  use  of  the  common
                     elements. In the event that you default on your association
                     assessments,  CDD  obligations  or real estate taxes a lien
                     may be  placed on your  Unit.  In  addition,  if there is a
                     default on your Annual Licensing Fees, a lien may be placed
                     on your Unit.


         17.      Q: What payments will I make as a Unit Owner?

                  A: You must pay any loan you obtain to buy your Unit, the real
                     property  taxes  on your  Unit  and  your  share  of  other
                     expenses not paid by the  Association  or the  Company.  In
                     addition,  each  Unit  Owner is  required  to pay an Annual
                     Licensing  Fee  of  $3,500   (increasing  by  4%  per  year
                     beginning  November 1, 2001)  payable in ten equal  monthly
                     installments from November to August relating to use of the
                     Golf  Courses.  Based on  current  estimates,  annual  real
                     estate taxes will range from approximately $1,800 to $3,000
                     and monthly Association  assessments will initially be $250
                     per month,  including the $40 monthly assessment payable to
                     the Lely Resort  Association.  Debt service on mortgages on
                     your Unit, if any, will depend on the  particular  terms of
                     any individual  loan. Net rental revenue from the rental of
                     a Unit will  likely be  insufficient  to  service a typical
                     mortgage.  Unit Owners must also pay the CDD obligations of
                     the Resort of approximately $400,000 in aggregate or $2,000
                     per Unit. A Unit Owner's CDD obligation may be paid in full
                     at closing or at any time  thereafter but must be paid over
                     a twelve-year  period with unpaid amounts bearing  interest
                     at __% per annum.  The CDD can also  assess or tax the Unit
                     Owners for the cost for basic infrastructure annually.


                                        6

<PAGE>




         18.      Q: Are there any other charges that I may be  responsible  for
                  in connection with using my Unit?

                  A: If  you  use  your  Unit's  local  or  long-distance  phone
                     service,  or charge  golf-related  expenses  or the cost of
                     various  sundries to your Unit account while occupying your
                     Unit,  you must pay these  amounts  to the  Rental  Manager
                     prior to check-out.


         19.      Q: Is the Company obligated to complete the construction of my
                  Unit and the Resort amenities?

                  A: Until the Company has 40 binding contracts to sell Units it
                     is not obligated to complete the sale of any Unit. However,
                     once the Company has sold 40 Units or waived this condition
                     (the  "Presale  Period"),  it is  obligated to complete the
                     construction  of at least 40 Units and all of the  Resort's
                     amenities  described  in this  Prospectus.  The Company may
                     decide  to  stop   construction   at  any  time   following
                     completion of 40 Units.


         20.      Q: How do I purchase a Unit?

                  A: You will sign a purchase  agreement that will be considered
                     by the Company  and  accepted  or  rejected  following  the
                     effective  date  of the  Company's  registration  statement
                     relating to the  offering  of Units.  At the time that your
                     contract  for the  purchase of your Unit is accepted by the
                     Company (or after  registration  is effective,  at the time
                     you  execute a purchase  contract)  you will be required to
                     pay a deposit  equal to 10% of the  purchase  price of your
                     Unit. An additional 10% deposit is required within ten days
                     after   issuance  of  a  building   permit   provided  that
                     construction  of your Unit has  commenced  and you are past
                     the Presale Period. This money will be held in escrow in an
                     interest bearing account until the completion of your Unit.
                     In  the  event  your  Unit  is  not  completed,  the  funds
                     deposited  by you will be returned  with  interest  and you
                     will  have  no  further  obligations.  In  addition,  under
                     Florida  condominium  law, you are entitled to rescind your
                     purchase  contract during a 15-day period commencing on the
                     last of the date of  execution of your  purchase  contract,
                     the date you receive all documents  required by law and the
                     date you  receive  any  material  amendment  to a  document
                     previously  received.  Your  funds  cannot be held for more
                     than two years from the date you sign a purchase contract.


         21.      Q: What  payments will I be required to make at the closing of
                  the purchase of my Unit?

                  A: In addition to paying the purchase price for your Unit, you
                     will be  required to pay an  administrative  fee of $500 to
                     the Rental Manager, $500 to the Association as


                                        7

<PAGE>



                           working  capital  (an  amount  equal to two months of
                           Association  assessments),  closing costs of 1.25% of
                           your purchase price,  the cost of recording your deed
                           and all prorated  amounts (for example,  taxes).  You
                           will  also  be  required  to  pay  the  costs  of any
                           financing  should you decided to finance the purchase
                           of your Unit.


         22.      Q: Is there any risk  that my  rights to use the Golf  Courses
                  could be cut- off?

                  A: Your rights to use the Golf  Courses  are derived  from the
                     rights  granted  to the  Company by Golf  Enterprises,  the
                     operator  of the Golf  Courses,  under  the Use and  Access
                     Agreement.  These rights  terminate  on June 30, 2034,  the
                     date on which the  subleases  under which Golf  Enterprises
                     operates  the  Golf   Courses   expires,   unless   earlier
                     terminated or revoked in the event of breach of the Use and
                     Access Agreement.  Your rights to use the Golf Courses will
                     be  automatically  extended  for so long  as the  subleases
                     under  which Golf  Enterprises  uses the Golf  Courses  are
                     extended.  However,  if these  subleases  are not extended,
                     Golf  Enterprises  will not be able to  extend  the Use and
                     Access Agreement past June 30, 2034. In addition,  there is
                     the risk that there  could be  defaults,  either  under the
                     subleases or the underlying  ground leases,  or foreclosure
                     by mortgagees or other lienholders on the Golf Courses that
                     could  cause an earlier  termination  of Golf  Enterprises'
                     subleases.   The  Company  has  the  right  under   certain
                     circumstances  to cure these defaults,  but these rights do
                     not apply in all cases and may be  impractical  to exercise
                     in some  circumstances.  If there is a termination  of Golf
                     Enterprises'  rights under the subleases your rights to use
                     the Golf  Courses  will be  cut-off.  In  addition,  if any
                     payments owed to Golf  Enterprises  by any party to the Use
                     and Access Agreement are not paid after expiration of grace
                     periods,  your  rights  to  use  the  Golf  Courses  may be
                     suspended or terminated.


         23.      Q: What is the Association and who runs it?

                  A: The  Association is the  organization  that  represents the
                     Unit Owners in managing and maintaining the common elements
                     owned  collectively  by the Unit  Owners.  Each Unit  Owner
                     automatically  becomes a member of the Association when the
                     Unit Owner  purchases a Unit. The Association is run by its
                     Board of  Directors.  The Company  will appoint the initial
                     Board of  Directors.  The Board will be elected by the Unit
                     Owners  from  among the Unit  Owners  after  control of the
                     Resort is passed to the Unit  Owners from the  Company.  As
                     Units are sold,  the Company  will  gradually  cede control
                     over the  Association to the Unit Owners in accordance with
                     the Florida  Condominium  Act.  The  Company  will have the
                     right to elect at least  one  director  as long as it holds
                     for  general  sale at  least  5% of the  Units.  The  Board
                     approves  the  annual  operating  plan and  budget  for the
                     Association.




                                        8

<PAGE>



         24.      Q: How does the Association work?

                  A: The  Association  is  responsible  for  paying  all  common
                     expenses,  such as  electricity,  water,  sewer  and  cable
                     television,  and for  maintaining  common areas and certain
                     amenities.  The Association is also  responsible for paying
                     the Annual  Licensing  Fees,  although  this amount will be
                     directly  passed  through to Unit Owners by deduction  from
                     rental payments or will be billed to the Unit Owners to the
                     extent that rental payments are  insufficient.  Association
                     assessments will be paid directly by the Unit Owners to the
                     Association.

                     The Company  will  initially  guarantee  payment of certain
                     Association   expenses   to  the  extent  not   covered  by
                     Association assessments. See the Answer to Question 15.


         25.      Q: Do I own the contents in my Unit?

                  A: Yes. The initial  purchase price for your Unit includes the
                     initial  items of the  standard  "Furnishings  Package" and
                     "Housewares Package" listed in the Appendices to the Rental
                     Program Agreement.  However,  you may not remove,  alter or
                     add to any of these items.


         26.      Q: Who is responsible for maintaining my Unit?

                  A: Other than certain minor repairs made without charge by the
                     Rental  Manager,  you  are  responsible  for  the  cost  of
                     maintaining   your  Unit  and   replacing   its   contents.
                     Maintenance of your Unit and repair and  replacement of its
                     contents will be  determined  by the Rental  Manager in its
                     sole discretion,  although, to the extent practicable,  the
                     Rental  Manager  will  attempt to consult with you prior to
                     repairing or  replacing  any of your Unit's  contents.  The
                     cost of maintenance  and any repairs or  replacements  will
                     generally be paid from the Interior  Maintenance  Fund, but
                     if money in the Replacement Reserve Refund is insufficient,
                     the Rental  Manager will bill you directly.  Bills not paid
                     by  the  Unit  Owner  within  30  days  may,  at  the  sole
                     discretion  of the  Rental  Manager,  be paid by the Rental
                     Manager.  In such cases, the Rental Manager will deduct the
                     amount paid,  together  with a 10%  surcharge,  from future
                     rental  revenues  payable  to you.  In all  cases  you will
                     remain  liable for any amounts  unpaid,  as well as accrued
                     interest  on unpaid  amounts at the highest  interest  rate
                     permitted by law (currently 18% per annum).


         27.      Q: Who is responsible for insuring my Unit?

                  A: As the Owner you are  responsible for insuring the contents
                     of your Unit and  maintaining a property  damage and bodily
                     injury  liability  policy in the minimum amount of $300,000
                     per occurrence naming LGV


                                        9

<PAGE>



                     II and the Resort  Operator  as  additional  insureds.  The
                     Association will maintain  insurance covering each building
                     containing  commercial and residential Units, the amenities
                     owned  by the  Unit  Owners  collectively  and  the  common
                     elements.


         28.      Q: May I sell my Unit?

                  A: You may  sell  your  Unit at any  time.  However,  you must
                     provide  prior notice to the Rental  Manager and give prior
                     notice and receive the approval of the Association.  If the
                     Association  does  not  approve  your  purchaser,  it  must
                     provide you with a substitute purchaser.  In addition, your
                     purchaser will be subject to the Rental  Program  Agreement
                     and must sign such  documents  as the  Rental  Manager  may
                     request as a condition to the transfer.  In connection with
                     the sale of your Unit,  you will also be  required to pay a
                     fee of $5,000 to the Rental Manager who is obligated to pay
                     this amount to Golf Enterprises. This fee will be increased
                     by 4% each year beginning on November 1, 2000.


         29.      Q: Is there a market for the resale of Units?

                  A: Presently  there is no market for  resales of the Units and
                     no organized  public market is anticipated to develop.  The
                     Units  will not be listed  on any  securities  exchange  or
                     quoted on  Nasdaq.  Resales  must  comply  with  applicable
                     securities and real estate law and are likely to occur only
                     in privately negotiated transactions.


         30.      Q: How well is the U.S. and Florida resort industry doing?

                  A: According to a survey  published by PKF  Consulting  in its
                     1998 edition of Trends in the Hotel Industry, average daily
                     room rates at all resort properties nationally grew 5.4% in
                     1997 with increases in the South Atlantic region  advancing
                     3.7% over 1996.  These modest growth rates  trailed  growth
                     for rates at all hotels.  However,  the average  daily room
                     rate for resort properties  exceeded the average daily room
                     rate for all  hotels by 34.3%.  PKF  believes  that  resort
                     properties will increase in value by 28.8% with a projected
                     30%  increase  in profits  during  the period  from 1997 to
                     2000.  According  to a report  prepared  for the Company by
                     Landauer  Hospitality  Group in late  1997,  the market for
                     golf-oriented resort properties in the Naples, Florida area
                     is very strong.


         31.      Q: What are the tax implications of owning a Unit?

                  A: You  are  responsible  for  consulting  with  your  own tax
                     adviser  to  determine  your  individual  tax  consequences
                     relating to your purchase of a Unit.



                                       10

<PAGE>



                     However,  as a matter of general  information,  you will be
                     required  to report on your  federal  income tax return the
                     income  from the  rental of your Unit.  The Rental  Manager
                     will  provide  you  with  an  annual  statement  describing
                     revenues  and expenses  that can be used in preparing  your
                     federal income tax return.

                     You may be able to deduct property taxes,  interest expense
                     and   depreciation  for  your  Unit.   However,   your  tax
                     deductions   may  be  limited  or   eliminated  by  certain
                     provisions  of  the  Internal   Revenue   Code,   including
                     provisions   governing   vacation  home  rentals,   passive
                     activity losses, interest expense limitations,  and at-risk
                     limitations.

                     You will be required to pay any income and/or capital gains
                     taxes and property taxes that may result from the ownership
                     of your Unit.  Unit Owners  other than  individuals,  i.e.,
                     corporations,  partnerships,  limited liability  companies,
                     trusts,  and foreign  individuals  and  entities,  may have
                     additional  considerations  associated  with ownership of a
                     Unit,  and must consult their tax advisors to determine the
                     proper  treatment  of income  or  expense  associated  with
                     ownership of a Unit.

                     Additional  information  about the tax  implications of the
                     purchase  of a Unit is  provided  in  "Certain  Federal Tax
                     Aspects" beginning on page ___ of this Prospectus.


         32.      Q: Are there risks involved in purchasing a Unit?

                  A: There are inherent risks in any  investment.  While we have
                     tried to present as  realistic a picture as  possible,  the
                     Resort may not perform as well as  anticipated.  Conditions
                     that  today  are  favorable  to the  resort  industry  both
                     nationally and locally may change  substantially  before or
                     after the Resort opens.  There are many factors,  including
                     but  not   limited   to  local   competition,   taxes   and
                     governmental  regulations,  and  the  state  of the  local,
                     national and  international  economies  that are not within
                     the  control  of the  Company,  the  Rental  Manager or the
                     Resort Operator. Even though we believe our analysis points
                     to the Resort being  successful,  we cannot assure you that
                     this  will  be the  case.  Several  of the  specific  risks
                     related  to a  purchase  of a Unit are  described  in "Risk
                     Factors" beginning on page ___ of this Prospectus.



                                       11

<PAGE>



                                     SUMMARY

                  This  Summary  highlights   selected   information  from  this
Prospectus and may not contain all of the information  that is important to you.
To understand what ownership of a Unit means and for a more complete description
of the legal terms involved,  you should read carefully this entire  Prospectus,
including the documents in the Annexes.

The Company                The  Units are being  offered  by Lely Golf  Villas I
                           Limited Partnership,  a Delaware limited partnership.
                           The  general  partners  of the Company are Ronto Golf
                           Developments,  Inc., a Florida corporation ("Ronto"),
                           and Westbrook Lely Golf Villas I, L.L.C.,  a Delaware
                           limited liability company ("Westbrook"). Ronto is one
                           of the companies of The Ronto Group, which is a group
                           of  affiliated  private  companies  engaged  in  land
                           development  and  residential,  retail and commercial
                           construction  consulting and advisory  services.  The
                           Ronto Group  typically  allies  itself  with  funding
                           partners  with real estate  experience.  Its projects
                           are located primarily in Southwest Florida. Westbrook
                           is a special  purpose  company  formed  by  Westbrook
                           Partners,   L.L.C.,  a  Delaware  limited   liability
                           company ("Westbrook  Partners"),  to act as a general
                           partner of the Company. Westbrook Partners is a fully
                           integrated real estate investment  management company
                           that invests in a broad range of real estate  related
                           properties and securities,  including office,  retail
                           and  industrial   properties,   apartments,   hotels,
                           residential lot developments,  and resort properties,
                           as well as commercial  mortgage-backed and other real
                           estate investments and securities consistent with its
                           investment  objectives.  You  will  not  acquire  any
                           ownership   interest   in  the   Company,   Ronto  or
                           Westbrook,  or any of their affiliated  entities,  by
                           purchasing a Unit.

                           The  Company  will be  managed  and  operated  by the
                           officers and  employees of Ronto and  Westbrook,  and
                           their  affiliated  entities.  See  "Management of the
                           Resort."

                           The Company maintains its principal executive offices
                           at 3185 Horseshoe Drive South, Naples,  Florida 34104
                           and its  telephone  number is (941)  649-  6310.  The
                           Company also has sales  offices at 7985  Mahogany Run
                           Lane, Naples,  Florida 34113 and its telephone number
                           is (941) 732-9920.

The Units                  Each Unit is a  fully-furnished  suite  with  kitchen
                           facilities and living and sleeping  areas. If all 200
                           Units are  constructed,  the Unit mix will consist of
                           136  two-bedroom,  two-bathroom  Units having  [____]
                           square   feet  of  air   conditioned   space  and  64
                           three-bedroom   (or  two-bedroom  and  den),   three-
                           bathroom  Units  having  [____]  square  feet  of air
                           conditioned space. The three-bedroom Unit may be used
                           as  a  three-bedroom  suite  or  as a  two-  bedroom,
                           two-bathroom  suite,  plus a private  hotel room with
                           bath.  Each Unit also includes an undivided  interest
                           in the common elements of the Condominium and certain
                           rights with respect to use of the Golf Courses. 


                                       12

<PAGE>



                           A Unit's  use by a Unit Owner is subject to the terms
                           and  conditions of the  Declaration of Condominium of
                           the Condominium (the "Condominium Declaration"),  the
                           Articles   of   Incorporation    (the    "Association
                           Articles") and By-laws (the "Association By-Laws") of
                           the  Association  and the Rental  Program  Agreement.
                           Among  other  things,  these  documents  limit the in
                           season use of a Unit by Unit Owners.  See "Summary of
                           Condominium Declaration and Related Documents."

The Resort                 The  Resort is called [To be  determined]  Resort and
                           Golf Club of Naples. It is part of the Lely Resort in
                           the  greater  Naples  metropolitan  area  of  Collier
                           County,   Florida.   The  Resort   consists   of  the
                           Condominium,  which  includes  both  the  residential
                           Units  offered  for sale by this  Prospectus  and the
                           commercial  Units  which will be owned by the Company
                           or one of its affiliates. The Resort also consists of
                           a building that will be used as a lobby and reception
                           area that will be owned by the  Company or one of its
                           affiliates.  The  Units  will  be  constructed  in 17
                           residential phases, each phase consisting of a single
                           two-story  building.  The  initial 2  buildings  will
                           contain  10 Units and 15  buildings  will  contain 12
                           units.  Offers to  purchase at least 40 Units must be
                           accepted before the Company is obligated to close the
                           sale  of  any  Unit.   The  Company  may  waive  this
                           condition  but once this  condition  is  satisfied or
                           waived the Company is obligated to construct at least
                           40  Units  and  to  complete  the  Resort   amenities
                           described  in this  Prospectus.  After the initial 40
                           Units are constructed,  the Company may decide not to
                           construct and offer for sale any additional Units. If
                           all of the  Units  in any  phase  are not  sold,  the
                           Company  will hold  these  Units for sale or rent the
                           Units  pursuant  to  the  Rental  Program   Agreement
                           generally on the same terms and conditions applicable
                           to  other  Unit  Owners,  including  the  payment  of
                           Association  assessments,  and other certain expenses
                           related to ownership of a Unit,  including payment of
                           rental commissions.

                           Although the Resort's  amenities do not include beach
                           access,  the  Rental  Manager  currently  intends  to
                           obtain beach access in Collier County for Unit Owners
                           and guests. The proposed Resort Management  Agreement
                           provides  that the  Resort  Operator  will allow Unit
                           Owners  and   guests   use  of  the  beach   (located
                           approximately  ____  miles  from the  Resort)  at its
                           Radisson-Marco Island resort without charge.

                           Construction  of the first  phase  consisting  of ten
                           residential  Units  began  in  November  1998  and is
                           anticipated  to be completed by the end of the second
                           quarter of 1999. The Resort will include a recreation
                           area consisting of a 5,000 square foot putting green,
                           adult and  kiddie  pools (  including  a cabana,  and
                           outdoor spa), two tennis courts, a volleyball  court,
                           tanning beach and parking  facilities.  Each of these
                           facilities  will be owned as common areas by the Unit
                           Owners   and    maintained   by   the    Association.
                           Construction of the recreation area is anticipated to


                                       13

<PAGE>



                           be  completed  by  December  31,  1999.  A lobby  and
                           reception  building,  which will also  contain a shop
                           where  sundries  may  be  purchased,  an  arcade  and
                           activity   room  will  be  contained  in  a  separate
                           building  that will be owned by the Company or one of
                           its  affiliates.  If the  reception  building  is not
                           completed when rental of Units commences, the Company
                           intends to use a portion of the recreation  area as a
                           temporary  reception and registration area for guests
                           of the Resort. In addition, LGV II will initially own
                           four commercial Units. The sports bar & grill will be
                           one of the  commercial  Units  and  the  other  three
                           commercial  Units will include two saunas,  a massage
                           facility and a fully-equipped gym, as well as vending
                           and storage  areas.  The Resort  Operator will manage
                           the rental  program on behalf of the Rental  Manager.
                           See "The Resort."

The Lely Resort            The Lely Resort is a 2900 acre country club community
                           under development by Lely Development Corporation,  a
                           leading land  developer in Collier County for over 25
                           years.  Upon  completion,  the Lely  Resort will be a
                           mixed use residential  community that includes custom
                           homes,  mid-rise  condominium units, retail sites and
                           office and  commercial  property.  The  community  is
                           being developed in three phases: Flamingo Plantation,
                           Mustang  Plantation  and  Classics  Plantation.   The
                           Resort is part of [name of phase]. In addition to the
                           Condominium  Declaration and the Association Articles
                           and Association By-laws, Unit Owners are also subject
                           to the Declaration of Covenants and  Restrictions for
                           the Lely Resort and the Articles of Incorporation and
                           By-laws   of  the   Lely   Resort   (the   "Community
                           Declaration")  and the  Neighborhood  Declaration (as
                           defined  in the  Condominium  Declaration).  See "The
                           Lely Resort."

The Golf Courses           The  Company  is  a  party  to  the  Use  and  Access
                           Agreement for Lely Golf Villas with Golf Enterprises,
                           Inc. (the "Use and Access  Agreement")  providing for
                           use of the Golf Courses.

                           Golf  Enterprises  is a  privately-held  golf  course
                           management company that subleases and manages some of
                           the golf  properties of its affiliate,  American Golf
                           Corporation,  a privately-held golf course management
                           company  having a portfolio of golf  facilities  that
                           includes  private country clubs,  resorts,  daily fee
                           public  facilities and practice centers located in 29
                           states and 10 facilities in the United Kingdom.

                           Robert  Trent  Jones,  Sr.  designed  and  built  the
                           Flamingo  Island  Club  course,  which  opened to the
                           public in April 1990.  Lee  Trevino and W.M.  Graves,
                           Inc.  designed  the Mustang  Golf Club  course  which
                           opened to the public in December  1997.  The Flamingo
                           Island course is a 18 hole,  par 72 course  measuring
                           6,292 yards in length and the Mustang  course is a 18
                           hole, par 72 course  measuring 7,217 yards in length.
                           Both Golf Courses are managed by Golf Enterprises.



                                       14

<PAGE>



                           The Company has agreed to permit Golf  Enterprises to
                           use a portion of the  property  owned by the  Company
                           adjacent  to the  Resort  as a  temporary  clubhouse.
                           Under the terms of the Use and Access Agreement, Golf
                           Enterprises  is  obligated  to  close  the  temporary
                           clubhouse  by February  28,  2000 and to  construct a
                           permanent clubhouse, which will include a proshop and
                           restaurant, by February 2000. See "The Golf Courses."

                           Unit Owners will be entitled to 42 rounds of golf per
                           individual  Unit  Owner  and 85  rounds  for all Unit
                           Owners occupying a Unit without payment of green fees
                           at either  Golf  Course  each year  during the period
                           from  November 1 through  October  31, as well as the
                           right to make  reservations  for tee  times up to one
                           year in advance when their Unit is not rented. Rental
                           guests will be  entitled to use the Golf  Courses but
                           will  receive  no  rounds  of free  golf  or  special
                           privileges  not  generally  available  to the  public
                           using  the Golf  Courses,  other  than  the  right to
                           reserve tee times up to one year in advance.

                           During the period from  December 16 through April 15,
                           Unit  Owners  may only play a maximum  of seven  days
                           during  any one  30-day  period.  Once all seven days
                           have been used, Unit Owners must wait ten days before
                           being  eligible  to schedule  additional  tees times,
                           except  that there may be one period of up to 14 days
                           of use per season within a particular  30-day period.
                           However, Unit Owners may not use the Golf Courses for
                           ten days  before  and after the first and last day of
                           this period.

The Rental
Program
Agreement                  Each Unit Owner  must  enter into the Rental  Program
                           Agreement with the Rental  Manager when  purchasing a
                           Unit. Under the Rental Program  Agreement,  each Unit
                           must be made  available  for rent  whenever it is not
                           occupied  by  the  Unit  Owner.  The  Rental  Program
                           Agreement  recommends  that a  Unit  Owner  give  six
                           months  notice  prior to use of a Unit to reduce  the
                           risk that the Unit will be unavailable.  In addition,
                           the Rental  Program  Agreement  limits a Unit Owner's
                           right to occupy a Unit from December 16 through April
                           15.  During this period,  a Unit Owner can occupy the
                           Unit  Owner's  Unit to a maximum of seven days during
                           any one 30-day period, a maximum of four total weeks.
                           Once all seven  days have been  used,  the Unit Owner
                           must wait ten more days before  being  allowed to use
                           the Unit.  However,  once each year, a Unit Owner may
                           use  the  Unit  for  one  14-day  period  during  the
                           December 16 to April 15 period.  The number of days a
                           Unit  Owner or  certain  related  parties of the Unit
                           Owner uses the Unit may  affect the tax  consequences
                           associated  with  ownership  of a Unit.  See "Certain
                           Federal Tax Aspects--Section 280A."

                           Under  the  Rental  Program  Agreement,   the  Rental
                           Manager will be paid a management fee equal to 50% of


                                       15

<PAGE>



                           annual  Adjusted  Gross Rental Revenue (as defined in
                           the Rental Program  Agreement).  Each Unit Owner will
                           also pay a Golf Fee, a monthly  Association  fee,  an
                           amount  to be  used as a  Replace  Reserve  Fund  and
                           certain other expenses.  Regardless of whether a Unit
                           Owner's Unit is rented, the Unit Owner is responsible
                           for  these  expenses.  Unit  Owners  will  be  billed
                           directly for any  shortfall to the extent that rental
                           revenues  are  not   sufficient   to  pay   allocated
                           expenses.  See  "Management  of the  Resort -- Rental
                           Program Agreement."

The Resort
Operator                   The  Rental  Manager  is  negotiating  with  MeriStar
                           Management Company,  L.L.C., an affiliate of MeriStar
                           Hotels & Resorts,  Inc.,  to serve as the operator of
                           the Resort Operator.  The Resort Operator and certain
                           of its  affiliates  manage and operate  various hotel
                           assets,   including  most  of  the  hotels  owned  by
                           American General Hospitality  Corporation,  making it
                           one  of  the  largest  independent  hotel  management
                           companies  in the  United  States  based on number of
                           rooms  under  management.   The  Resort  Operator  is
                           included in the  MeriStar  Group's  Resorts  division
                           which   focuses  on  sun,   golf  and  ski   oriented
                           properties.  These resorts are located in California,
                           Florida, Georgia, Massachusetts, Vermont and the U.S.
                           Virgin  Islands  and are  operated  under  nationally
                           recognized    brand   names   such   as    Hilton(R),
                           Sheraton(R), Westin(R), Marriott(R), Doubletree(R)and
                           Radisson(R).  The MeriStar  group is the successor to
                           the  leasing  and  management  company  interests  of
                           CapStar   Management  Company  and  American  General
                           Hospitality  Corporation.  About  half of the  hotels
                           leased or managed by the MeriStar  group are owned by
                           MeriStar  Hospitality  Corporation,   a  real  estate
                           investment  trust and an  affiliate  of the  MeriStar
                           group.

                           Under the proposed Resort Management  Agreement,  the
                           Resort  Operator  has agreed to manage the Resort and
                           perform the Rental  Manager's  obligations  under the
                           Rental Program Agreement until March __, 2004, unless
                           sooner terminated in accordance with the terms of the
                           Resort Management  Agreement.  Under the terms of the
                           Resort Management Agreement,  the Resort Operator may
                           terminate  the  agreement  if at least ____ Units are
                           not completed by _______.  LGV II will be responsible
                           for  paying  the  fees  and  expenses  of the  Resort
                           Operator.  See  "Management  of the  Resort -- Resort
                           Management Agreement."

                           In the  event  that the  agreement  with  the  Resort
                           Operator  is   terminated   without  an   experienced
                           operator  available to take over,  the Company or one
                           of  its  affiliates  will  operate  the  Resort.  The
                           Company has no experience managing a resort.

Development of
the Resort                 The  proceeds of the  offering  are not being used to
                           finance  construction  of the  Resort,  or any of the
                           Units or any properties  related to the Resort,  such


                                       16

<PAGE>



                           as the Golf Courses or the  reception  area.  All net
                           proceeds of the  offering  representing  the purchase
                           price of the Units will be paid to the  Company  upon
                           the  closing  of each  sale of a Unit and will not be
                           available to fund  operation of the Resort.  See "Use
                           of  Proceeds."  The  total   estimated   acquisition,
                           construction, development, marketing costs, financing
                           costs,  including  a return on  internally  generated
                           funds,  and  overhead  costs in  connection  with the
                           project are currently  estimated to be  approximately
                           $35,500,000. Actual costs may vary depending on final
                           design,  control of construction costs, the length of
                           time  to   construct   and  market  the  project  and
                           unforeseen   factors   such  as  labor  and  material
                           shortages.

                           Assuming  all of the  Units  are sold at the  highest
                           prices  of the  price  ranges  set  forth  in Annex A
                           (which prices may be adjusted within the range upward
                           or downward  from time to time based on marketing and
                           other  factors),   the  Company  will  receive  gross
                           revenue  of  approximately  $38,000,000.   The  gross
                           revenue  less the above  total  costs  represent  the
                           Company's  pre-tax  profit.  Pre-tax  profits will be
                           available  to pay fees and  distributions  to  Ronto,
                           Westbrook or their affiliated entities and taxes. The
                           Company and its  affiliates  will also receive income
                           from (1) development  fees, (2) management  fees, (3)
                           the use of the Golf  Courses by Unit  Owners or their
                           tenants and (4) other  miscellaneous  sources related
                           to the operation of the Resort.

                           Ronto will act as administrative partner with respect
                           to  the   development  of  the  Resort.   Ronto  will
                           administer the design, construction, marketing, sales
                           and  financing of the Resort in such  capacity and as
                           provided under the Development  Agreement between the
                           Company and Ronto.  Under the Development  Agreement,
                           for its  services,  Ronto will receive a fee of 3% of
                           substantially  all revenues paid to the Company until
                           all Units are sold and occupied. Certain employees of
                           an  affiliate  of Ronto will be loaned to the Company
                           for certain purposes,  including marketing and sales.
                           The  Company  also  intends  to  engage  unaffiliated
                           parties to assist in the  administration of marketing
                           and sales.

                           The Company has assigned its rights under the Use and
                           Access  Agreement  to LGV  II,  an  affiliate  of the
                           Company,  pursuant to the  Assignment  and Assumption
                           Agreement,  other than the rights  associated  with a
                           Unit Owner's use of the Golf Courses. The Company has
                           granted the rights associated with a Unit Owner's use
                           of  the  Golf  Courses   under  the  Use  and  Access
                           Agreement   to  the  Unit  Owners   pursuant  to  the
                           Condominium Declaration.

Certain
Transactions and
Related                    Parties  The  Company,  LGV II,  Ronto and certain of
                           their  respective  affiliates  are parties to various
                           agreements and will receive various fees for services


                                       17

<PAGE>



                           provided  and  be  reimbursed  for  various  expenses
                           relating  to the  development  and  operation  of the
                           Resort,  including the Development  Agreement and the
                           Rental Program Agreement as described above. Pursuant
                           to  the  Assignment  and  Assumption  Agreement,  the
                           Company  assigned its rights under the Use and Access
                           Agreement,  other than certain rights associated with
                           a Unit  Owner's  rights  to  use  the  Golf  Courses,
                           including  rights relating to the rental of the Units
                           and the use of the Golf Courses by certain Designated
                           Users. In consideration  of this  assignment,  LGV II
                           will pay to the Company quarterly  royalties equal to
                           __% of the  gross  rental  fees and __% of the  gross
                           fees generated from use of the Golf Courses.

Personal Use               The Rental  Program  Agreement  limits a Unit Owner's
                           right to occupy a Unit from  December  16 to April 15
                           to a total of four weeks. A Unit Owner's occupancy is
                           also  limited to a maximum  of seven days  during any
                           one  30-day  period.  Once all  seven  days have been
                           used,  you  must  wait  ten more  days  before  being
                           allowed to use your Unit.  However,  once each year a
                           Unit  Owner may use the Unit for one  14-day  period,
                           provided  that the Unit  Owner  does not use the Unit
                           for ten days both  before  and after this  period.  A
                           Unit Owner is  permitted to use the Unit an unlimited
                           number  of  times  from  May 1  through  October  31,
                           subject  to  prior  reservation  in  order  to  avoid
                           conflict  with the  rental of the Unit by the  Resort
                           Operator.  Depending on the amount of personal usage,
                           a Unit Owner may be subject to different  limitations
                           on tax  deductions  and income from the rental of the
                           Unit will be affected.

Reserves                   The Rental  Manager will deduct from the rent payment
                           distribution  made to the Unit  Owner  each  month an
                           amount  equal  to 3% of  the  Adjusted  Gross  Rental
                           Revenues  credited to the rental of the Unit  Owner's
                           Unit  during  the  preceding  month for the  Interior
                           Maintenance Fund. The Interior  Maintenance Fund will
                           fund the replacement and repair of furniture,  linens
                           and other household items,  including appliances.  If
                           the amount withheld for the Interior Maintenance Fund
                           is insufficient, then the Unit Owner will be directly
                           billed for the  shortfall.  The Rental  Manager  will
                           provide  the Unit  Owner  with an  accounting  of the
                           Interior  Maintenance  Fund  from  time to  time  and
                           adjust  the  amount   withheld   to   correspond   to
                           anticipated  use.  Interest  earned  on the  Interior
                           Maintenance Fund will be added to the Fund.

Expenses                   The  amount  of the  Association  assessment  and the
                           annual  payments into the Interior  Maintenance  Fund
                           will be adjusted periodically.  Annual Licensing Fees
                           are initially $3,500 per annum (pro rated for partial
                           years)  payable  in  ten  equal   installments   from
                           November through August. A Unit Owner must pay at the
                           time of a transfer of a Unit of fee of $5,000. Annual
                           Licensing  Fees and fees payable upon the transfer of
                           a  Unit  will  increase  by 4%  per  annum  beginning
                           November 1, 2002 and November 1, 2000, respectively.


                                       18

<PAGE>



Shortfalls                 A  Unit  Owner  is  obligated  to pay  the  allocated
                           expenses,   including   Annual   Licensing  Fees  and
                           Association assessments, and to maintain furnishings,
                           and replace wall coverings, equipment and appliances,
                           linens, decorative items, accessories,  floor and the
                           condominium  reserve,  regardless  of the  amount  of
                           rental  income  paid to the Unit Owner for the rental
                           of the Unit. Under the Rental Program Agreement,  the
                           Rental  Manager may, but is not obligated to, advance
                           funds  to pay  these  expenses  and be  repaid,  plus
                           interest,  out of future rent  revenues.  Interest on
                           advances  by the Rental  Manager  will  accrue at the
                           highest  rate  permitted  by law  (currently  18% per
                           annum).  Under  the  Rental  Program  Agreement,  the
                           Rental Manager may also assess a charge of 10% of any
                           shortfall. Failure by a Unit Owner to pay obligations
                           related  to the Unit  Owner's  Unit may result in the
                           imposition of a lien on a Unit Owner's Unit.

Distributions              The Rental Manager will distribute to Unit Owners the
                           net rental  revenue  obtained  from the rental of the
                           Unit Owner's Unit by the 20th day  following  the end
                           of each  month.  Net  rental  revenue  is the  amount
                           determined by deducting  from  Adjusted  Gross Rental
                           Revenue,  the Management Fee, Annual  Licensing Fees,
                           payments to the Interior Maintenance Fund and certain
                           other costs and expenses  incurred  and/or payable by
                           the Unit Owner.  The Rental  Manager  will provide an
                           itemized statement of income and expenses relating to
                           rental  of a Unit to the Unit  Owners  and will  also
                           provide  an  annual   accounting   for  the  Interior
                           Maintenance Fund, as well as appropriate  information
                           for income tax preparation purposes.

Risks of
Projections                The Resort has no operating history on which to rely.
                           For this reason,  this  Prospectus  includes  certain
                           projections of operating  results.  While the Company
                           believes  that  its   projections   are  based  on  a
                           reasonable  range of  assumptions  and consider those
                           factors  that are  likely to  impact on the  expected
                           income  to  be  derived   from   rental  of  a  Unit,
                           projections   are  not   predictions  of  anticipated
                           results.  Actual  results are likely to be different,
                           perhaps  materially.  The selection and evaluation of
                           the  factors to be  included  in the  projections  is
                           highly subjective and the projections do not consider
                           all of the factors that may affect the income you may
                           receive from your  particular  Unit.  Factors such as
                           anticipated  occupancy  levels are based on  numerous
                           variables,  many of which are  outside of the ability
                           of the  Company,  the  Rental  Manager  or the Resort
                           Operator   to  control,   including   the  impact  of
                           competitive   resorts,   and  local,   national   and
                           international economic conditions.

Prices                     of Units  The  initial  range of  purchase  prices of
                           Units  have  been  established  by the  Company.  The
                           Company is not required to maintain the initial price
                           schedule and may adjust the price of individual Units
                           up or down  from time to time in  response  to market


                                       19

<PAGE>



                           conditions  and  demand.   Adjustments   may  not  be
                           uniformly  applied to all Units of the same type. The
                           price of a Unit  cannot be  changed  once a  purchase
                           contract has been executed for such Unit. The initial
                           schedule of purchase  prices for each Unit designated
                           by  type  and  location,  together  with  a  schedule
                           specifying all other payments  required to be paid by
                           a purchaser at closing are set forth in Annex B.

Purchase
Procedure                  To  purchase  a Unit,  you must  execute  a  purchase
                           contract in the form  attached to this  Prospectus as
                           Annex C.  Following  acceptance  by the Company  your
                           contract  is  irrevocable,   subject  to  the  15-day
                           period,  commencing  on the last to occur of the date
                           of execution of the purchase  contract,  the date the
                           purchaser  receives all documents required by law and
                           the date the  purchaser  receives any  amendment to a
                           document   previously    received,    permitted   for
                           rescission  of the purchase  contract  under  Florida
                           law. The Company  will not accept any contract  until
                           after the effectiveness of the registration statement
                           of which this  Prospectus  is a part.  You may revoke
                           your   purchase   contract   at  any  time  prior  to
                           acceptance.

                           Following  execution of a purchase  contract,  if the
                           registration  statement  relating to the  offering of
                           the Units is effective  under the Securities Act, you
                           are  required to make a down payment in the amount of
                           10% of the purchase price of your Unit. An additional
                           10% must be paid within ten days after  issuance of a
                           building  permit  provided that  construction of your
                           Unit  has  commenced  and you are  past  the  Presale
                           Period.  The down payment will be held in an interest
                           bearing  escrow  account for your  benefit  until the
                           closing  of the  purchase  of  your  Unit.  The  down
                           payment is  nonrefundable  if the purchaser  breaches
                           the  contract  but is  refundable  if the Unit is not
                           completed,  the offer to purchase the Unit is revoked
                           or the  purchase  is  rescinded  in  accordance  with
                           Florida law. At closing,  the balance of the purchase
                           price, together with a one-time administrative fee of
                           $500, a $500 payment as an  Association  working fund
                           contribution   (an   amount   equal  to  two   months
                           Association  assessments)  and  closing  costs in the
                           amount  of 1.25% of the  purchase  price of the Unit,
                           the cost of  recording  the  deed  and all pro  rated
                           amounts  (e.g.,  taxes and  Association  assessments)
                           will be due. The purchaser  also will be  responsible
                           for  any  costs  relating  to  any  financing  by the
                           purchaser for the purchase of a Unit. There will be a
                           separate closing for each Unit.

                           The Company is not obligated to close the sale of any
                           Unit  until 40 Units  are  sold.  However,  once this
                           condition  is  satisfied  or waived,  the  Company is
                           obligated to construct at least 40 Units. The Company
                           may  discontinue  the  offer and sale of Units at any
                           time  after  satisfying  or  waiving  this  condition
                           without notice in its sole discretion.



                                       20

<PAGE>



Financing                  Each  prospective  Unit Owner will be required to pay
                           the  purchase  price  and all  other  amounts  due at
                           closing  in cash.  However,  prospective  owners  may
                           obtain  financing  from  any  available  source.  The
                           Company may, but is not obligated to, make  referrals
                           for  financing  in  connection  with a purchase of an
                           Unit. Failure to receive financing will not relieve a
                           prospective  owner from the  obligation to purchase a
                           Unit.

Tax
Considerations             You are urged to consult  with your own tax  advisors
                           concerning  the tax effect of  ownership  by you of a
                           Unit under federal and applicable state law.

                           Unit Owners  must report  income from the rental of a
                           Unit as  income  for  federal  and  applicable  state
                           income  tax  purposes.  You will be  entitled  to any
                           available deductions associated with ownership of the
                           Unit  for  federal  income  tax  purposes,  including
                           deductions for property  taxes,  investment  interest
                           expense  and  depreciation.  However,  you  should be
                           aware  that your use of your Unit will  impact on the
                           income tax  treatment of your  ownership of your Unit
                           and the availability of such deductions.

                           For a more complete  discussion of certain income tax
                           consequences  of Unit ownership see "Certain  Federal
                           Tax Aspects" beginning on page ____.

The Association            When you purchase your Unit,  you will  automatically
                           become a member of the  Association.  The Association
                           will  supervise the  maintenance  of the common areas
                           and will pay certain common charges. In addition, the
                           Association  will be liable  for the  payment  of the
                           Annual  Licensing  Fees to the  extent  not paid by a
                           Unit Owner. In addition, at the closing of each Unit,
                           the  Unit  Owner  will  make a  payment  of $500 as a
                           working   fund    contribution.    The    Association
                           assessments are currently budgeted at $250 per month.

                           The Board of  Directors is  responsible  for managing
                           the   Association,   including   preparation  of  the
                           Association's  annual operating plan and budget.  The
                           number of  directors  on the Board will  initially be
                           three.  The Company will initially  appoint all three
                           directors of the Association.  Unit Owners will elect
                           1/3 of the directors after the Company conveys 15% of
                           the  Total  Condominium  Units  (as  defined  in  the
                           Articles of Incorporation of the  Association).  Unit
                           Owners will elect a majority of the  directors  after
                           the earliest to occur of the following:

                           (1)      Three years after 50% of all Units which are
                                    to be conveyed have been conveyed;

                           (2)      Three  months  after 90% of all Units  which
                                    are to be conveyed have been conveyed;



                                       21

<PAGE>



                           (3)      When all Units that are to be  conveyed  are
                                    completed,  some are  conveyed  and no other
                                    Units are being offered for general sale;

                           (4)      When some  Units have been  conveyed  and no
                                    other Units are being constructed or offered
                                    for general sale; or

                           (5)      Seven   years  after   recordation   of  the
                                    Condominium Declaration.

                           The Company  may elect at least one  director as long
                           as it is offering for general sale at least 5% of the
                           Units.

                           Directors  will  have a  two-year  staggered  term of
                           office once  control of the Board is  transferred  to
                           the Unit  Owners.  There  will be a minimum  of three
                           directors.


                                  RISK FACTORS

Prospective  investors are urged to consider  carefully the following,  together
with the other  information  contained  in this  Prospectus  and in the Annexes,
before purchasing Units.

Revenue Insufficient to Cover Expenses

         Net  rental  revenue  payable  will not likely be  sufficient  to pay a
typical  mortgage.  There is also the risk that operating  costs will exceed the
rental  revenue.  Unit Owners are  responsible  for  expenses  relating to their
Units,  including expenses paid by the Association,  regardless of the amount of
rental income received.

         If there is a default on the Annual  Licensing Fees,  Golf  Enterprises
may  impose  a lien on the  Units  that may be  foreclosed  in the same way as a
mortgage.  If  there  is a  failure  to  pay  any  of the  obligations  to  Golf
Enterprises by the Unit Owners or any of the other parties to the Use and Access
Agreement,  the Unit Owners may lose use of the Golf  Courses.  In addition,  if
there is a significant default by Unit Owners on other fees and expenses,  there
may be insufficient  funds to operate the Resort  generally.  This could make it
impossible to operate the Resort on a rental basis and could result in a general
decline in the value of the  Resort and the  individual  Units.  In such  event,
while the defaulting Unit Owners will not be relieved from their  obligations to
pay  delinquencies,  the  remaining  Unit Owners may be subject to  increased or
special assessments in order to defray the operating shortfall.




                                       22

<PAGE>



Limited Resale Market

         There will not be an organized resale market for the sale of your Unit.
The Units  will not be listed on a  national  securities  exchange  or quoted by
Nasdaq.  Resales will occur only in privately  negotiated  transactions  and may
only be made  directly  by the Unit  Owner  or  through  a sales  representative
appropriately  licensed under  applicable  federal and state securities and real
estate law.  Your resale  ability  could be further  diminished  if the Resort's
performance does not reach expectations. You, therefore, may not be able to sell
your Unit  quickly  or at a price you feel  equal to its value in an  emergency.
Consequently,  the purchase of a Unit should be  considered  only as a long-term
investment.


Significant Income Tax Considerations to Owners

         The  following  is  a  brief  summary  of  the  most   significant  tax
considerations  discussed  under "Certain  Federal and State Income Tax Aspects"
involved in an investment in a Unit and the rental  arrangement  contemplated by
the Rental.

         You are  strongly  urged to review this  material  with your  financial
advisor and to discuss the tax consequences of an investment in a Unit with your
own tax advisors.

         Section 183 Hobby Loss Rules

         The  Internal   Revenue  Code  of  1986,   as  amended  (the   "Code"),
distinguishes  between  activities  engaged  in for profit  and  activities  not
engaged in for  profit.  Your  ability to deduct  your share of any losses  from
renting  your Unit may be limited by Section 183 of the Code,  which is commonly
called the "hobby loss rule".  If the rental program  contemplated by the Rental
Program  Agreement is subject to the hobby loss rules,  the amount you will able
to deduct for your share of expenses  and losses from  renting your Unit will be
limited to the rental income you receive.  See "Certain Federal and State Income
Tax Aspects -- Tax Consequences of Renting to Unit Owners -- Section 183."

         Vacation Home Rental Rules

         Your  share of any  losses  from the rental of your Unit may be further
limited by the vacation home rental rules in the Code.  Section 280A of the Code
establishes  a gross income  limitation  and an expense  allocation  formula for
apportioning  deductions between personal (that is, your use of your own Unit by
you and your family  members) and business use of a dwelling unit.  Your Unit is
considered  a  dwelling  unit  for  federal  income  tax  purposes.  You will be
permitted to deduct  expenses  related to the  ownership and rental of your Unit
only to the extent such  expenses are allocable to business use of your Unit. In
addition,  if personal use of your Unit by you and your family  members  exceeds
the  greater of 14 days or 10% of the  number of days  during the year that your
Unit is rented for fair value, your deductible  expenses will be limited to your
income from renting your Unit. See "Certain Federal and State Income Tax Aspects
- -- Tax Consequences of Renting For Unit Owners -- Section 280A."


                                       23

<PAGE>



         Passive Activity Rules

                  The rental of your Unit under the Rental Program  Agreement is
considered a passive  activity  under the Code.  Losses from passive  activities
generally  may only be deducted  against  income from the same or other  passive
activities.   See  "Certain   Federal  and  State  Income  Tax  Aspects  --  Tax
Consequences  of  Renting  For Unit  Owners -- Income and  Losses  from  Passive
Activities."


Possible Cut-Off of Right to Use Golf Courses

         Golf Enterprises operates the Golf Courses as subleasee under subleases
that  expire  on June  30,  2034.  If these  subleases  are not  extended,  Golf
Enterprises  will not be able to extend the Use and Access  Agreement  past June
30, 2034.  In addition,  there is the risk that there could be defaults,  either
under  the  subleases  or  the  underlying  ground  leases,  or  foreclosure  by
mortgagees or other  lienholders on the Golf Courses that could cause an earlier
termination  of Golf  Enterprise's  subleases.  The  Company has the right under
certain  circumstances to cure these defaults,  but these rights do not apply in
all cases and may be impractical to exercise in some circumstances.  If there is
a termination of Golf Enterprises' rights under the subleases your rights to use
the Golf Courses will be cut-off.

         Your rights to use the Golf Courses may also be adversely affected by a
breach of the Use and Access  Agreement  by the Company,  the Rental  Manager or
otherwise, after expiration of applicable grace periods.


Risks in Relying on Projections

         The  Resort  has  no  operating  history.  Therefore,  this  Prospectus
contains  Projections  using  assumptions  about rental  income  payable to Unit
Owners.  These  Projections  do not  relate to all Units or any  specific  Unit.
Projections are not predictions of actual results.  Actual results are likely to
be different,  perhaps  materially.  Factors that will affect actual performance
include,  but are not limited to,  occupancy rate achieved,  actual rental rate,
effects of competition,  strength of tourism and assumptions about the regional,
national and  international  economies.  If actual results are materially  worse
than those set forth in the  Projections,  Unit Owners may  experience  material
adverse  consequences,  including  the  need  to pay  additional  funds  to meet
operating costs (such as Annual Licensing Fees and Association assessments), and
to make payments on any loan obtained by a Unit Owner to purchase a Unit.


Forward Looking Statements

         Since the Resort has not yet been  completed or  commenced  operations,
all  statements  in this  Prospectus  regarding the Resort and its operation are
forward-looking  statements  within the meaning of Federal  securities law. Such


                                       24

<PAGE>


statements can be identified by the use of  forward-looking  terminology such as
"may," "will," "expect"  "anticipate,"  "estimate,"  "continue" or other similar
words.  These statements  discuss future  expectations,  contain  projections of
results of operations or of financial condition or state other "forward-looking"
information.  When considering such forward-looking  statements, you should keep
in mind the other risk factors contained in this Prospectus. Although management
of the Company believes that the expectations reflected in these forward-looking
statements are based on reasonable  assumptions,  there are certain factors such
as  general  economic  conditions,  local  real  estate  conditions,  or weather
conditions  that might  cause a  difference  between  actual  results  and those
forward-looking statements. This discussion should be read in conjunction with a
review of the Company's financial statements, including the related notes to the
financial statements,  and the Projections included in this Prospectus beginning
at pages F-1 and P-1, respectively.

Year 2000

         The year  2000  issue is the  result  of  computer  programs  that were
written using two digits rather than four to define the year.  Management of the
Company and the Rental  Manager are aware of the potential  problems,  including
the inability to collect and maintain the  information  necessary to operate the
rental program,  and is currently  assessing the potential impact on the Company
and the Rental Manager.  One factor in evaluating  candidates to serve as Resort
Operator is the preparations  that the Resort Operator  candidate has taken with
respect  to the  potential  problems  attendant  to a  failure  to be Year  2000
compliant.  Since the Company and the Rental  Manager have not  completed  their
evaluation,  the Company and the Rental Manager are currently unable to estimate
the cost of compliance.

         The goal of the Company and the Rental Manager is to ensure that all of
their  critical  systems  and  those of the  Resort  Operator  are  under  their
respective direct control and remain operational.  However,  certain systems and
processes may be interrelated  with systems  outside their control,  such as the
systems and operations of travel agents,  tour group operators and other booking
agencies,  and  their  can be no  assurance  that  all  implementations  will be
successful. Under the Company's and the Rental Manager's present analysis of the
most reasonable likely worst case scenario for Year 2000  disruptions,  there is
the concern that  telecommunications  and electric industries serving the Resort
may fail,  causing  temporary  disruptions in the construction of the Resort and
the  ability of the Rental  Manager to rent  Units.  The  Company and the Rental
Manager are  considering  alternatives  for these  possibilities  which  include
electricity   provided  by  personal   generators   and  batteries  and  various
alternative communications systems.

         The Company and the Rental Manager are currently unable to estimate the
cost of becoming Year 2000 compliant,  but do not anticipate that it will have a
material adverse effect on the construction and operation of the Resort.




                                       25

<PAGE>



Dependence on the Resort Operator

         Success of the Resort will depend to a great  extent on the efforts and
abilities  of the  Resort  Operator.  The  Resort  Operator  was  engaged  for a
five-year term, subject to earlier termination under certain  circumstances.  In
particular, the Resort Operator may terminate the Resort Management Agreement if
at least _____ units are not sold by _____________.

         If the Resort  Operator were to terminate its arrangement to manage the
Resort, and another  experienced resort operator was not immediately  available,
the Company or one of its affiliates  would operate the Resort.  The Company has
no experience managing a resort.

         If the Company is required to operate the Resort for an interim period,
the Resort may be without the benefits of an advanced reservation booking system
and national  advertising that is generally provided by an experienced  operator
and otherwise at a disadvantage with respect to some of its competition.


Inexperience of the Company and the Renal Manager

         [To be  determined]  Resort and Golf Club of Naples is the first resort
condominium project and rental program developed or managed by the management of
the Company or the Rental Manager,  and their  experience in resort  development
and management is therefore limited.


Dependence on Golf Operator

         The Resort's ability to attain satisfactory occupancy and room rates is
dependent  on access to the Golf  Courses,  which  has been  arranged  with Golf
Enterprises under the Use and Access Agreement. Neither the Company nor the Unit
Owners  will have any  ability  to  control  or direct  the  operations  of Golf
Enterprises  or the use or condition of the Golf Courses,  except to the limited
extent set forth in the Use and Access  Agreement.  If Golf Enterprises fails to
properly  operate or maintain the Golf Courses,  occupancy and room rates of the
Resort could be materially adversely affected.


Competition

         The success of the Resort will be  determined  by, among other  things,
its location, quality of accommodations, room rate structure and the quality and
availability of play on the Golf Courses.  The Resort will compete with existing
hotels  and  resorts,  as well as with  future  hotels and  resorts  that may be
developed in proximity to the Resort.  According to a study prepared by Landauer
Hospitality Group, in 1996, there were [2,309] rooms in the Naples hotel supply.
These rooms compete with the Resort in varying degrees on the basis of location,
potentially  common  customer  base,  quality level of facilities  and room rate
structure.  However,  the majority of these hotels are located on beachfront,  a
factor that mitigates seasonality and attracts a different market. According


                                       26

<PAGE>



to the  Landauer  study,  outside  of the  Naples  area,  there are golf  resort
properties  with rooms  totaling  [3,609] in 1996. The majority of these resorts
are much larger  than the Resort and  generally  are located in the  interior of
Florida.  In addition,  most of these properties provide  significant amounts of
meeting  space in order to  capitalize on the meeting group market to supplement
golf demand. As a result,  the majority of demand is meeting group oriented.  In
the Naples area the Company believes that there are currently only three resorts
that are directly competitive with the Resort. However,  additional projects for
resort  facilities  have been  announced  that may compete with the Company,  if
completed. Competition in the future may be affected by changes in the hotel and
resort  market in the  Naples  area,  changes  in local or  regional  population
patterns,  changes  in  disposable  income  characteristics,  changes  in travel
patterns and preferences,  and periodic  over-building that can adversely affect
patronage levels.


Potential Liability of Ownership

         Included in your  Association  assessments will be a share of insurance
premiums  for  property  damage,  public  liability  and fire and  other  hazard
insurance  carried by the  Association  against  certain  risks of operating the
Resort.  In addition,  under the Rental  Program  Agreement,  each Unit Owner is
required  to  carry  property,  casualty  and  liability  insurance  of at least
$300,000.  However,  the amount of insurance  carried by the  Association or the
Unit  Owner  may  prove  inadequate.  There  are  certain  risks  which  may  be
uninsurable  or not insurable at  reasonable  terms.  In the event  insurance is
unavailable for any reason,  the Association will have to self-insure for all or
part of any potential loss or to seek coverage at higher rates from  alternative
carriers.

         You may  personally  have  joint  and  several  liability  for tort and
contract  claims  as a result  of  ownership  of your  Unit or as a party to the
Rental  Program  Agreement.  You are urged to  consult an  insurance  advisor or
attorney with respect to the nature and extent of such personal liability and to
determine what additional liability insurance coverage, if any, may be necessary
or appropriate for your particular circumstances.


Seasonal Fluctuations

         The Naples  resort  market is  seasonal,  with  demand  fluctuating  at
different levels  throughout the year. This seasonality will cause  fluctuations
in the gross revenue  generated from the rental of your Unit. The peak season in
the Naples market extends from November  through  April.  The low season is from
June through September with a shoulder season of the months of May and October.


Operating Uncertainties

         The value of the Resort and an  investment  in the Units will depend in
part on the  ability of the Resort  Operator  to  achieve,  maintain or increase
gross revenue  sufficient to cover operating  expenses and generate a reasonable
return  for the Unit  Owners.  Income  from an  investment  in the  Units may be
adversely affected by a range of factors in addition to increased competition as


                                       27

<PAGE>



discussed  above.  These  factors  include but are not limited to  increases  in
operating  costs as a result of inflation  and other  factors,  which the Rental
Manager may determine cannot be offset by increased  revenue,  strikes and other
labor  disturbances  by the  Resort's  employees,  increases in energy costs and
other expenses of travel,  weather  conditions  (including the impact of damages
caused by hurricanes,  tornadoes and floods) and adverse  effects on general and
local economic  conditions.  Due to the  orientation of the Resort to use of the
Golf  Courses,  the  Resort  is  particularly  dependent  upon the  quality  and
availability of play on the Golf Courses.  Occupancy by tourists who do not play
golf is expected to be minimal.  All of these and other factors could reduce the
Resort's ability to generate revenue.


Potential Liability for Violation of Environmental Laws

         Under various federal,  state, and local  environmental laws, a current
or previous  owner or operator of real  property  may be liable for the costs of
removal or remediation of hazardous or toxic substances.  Such laws,  ordinances
and  regulations  often impose  liability,  whether or not the owner or operator
knew of,  or was  responsible  for,  the  presence  of such  hazardous  or toxic
substances.  The Company is not aware of any  material  violations  of currently
applicable  environmental laws.  However,  violations may occur in the future or
more  stringent  laws may be enacted.  If this occurs,  the Company,  the Rental
Manager or the Unit Owners  could  suffer  material  adverse  consequences  as a
result.


Risks in Relying on Industry Data

         The  Company  has  obtained  various  industry  data set  forth in this
Prospectus  regarding the golf and resort industry from PCK Consulting's  report
on Trends in the Hotel Industry, a report prepared for use by the Company by the
Landauer  Hospitality  Group,  information  provided by the Resort  Operator and
information  obtained from certain  public  sources.  Industry  information as a
whole or on  specific  markets  may not be  indicative  of  results  that can be
achieved in the Naples  market or by the Resort and may not be  applicable  to a
resort focused on golf or which includes a rental  program.  The Company has not
independently  verified  the resort  industry  data  contained  in the  national
studies cited or obtained from other  sources.  The sources of this  information
are not affiliated with the Company or associated in any way with this offering.


Inexperience of Association Directors

         Following  relinquishment of control of the Association by the Company,
the  Association  will be governed by a Board of Directors,  all of whom will be
Unit Owners.  These directors will not be full-time  residents of the Resort and
may have  little or no  experience  in  operating  a resort or a rental  program
between Unit Owners and tenants. The operating inexperience of the directors may
result in the directors not being able to recognize or take corrective action if
and when required.



                                       28

<PAGE>



                                   THE RESORT

General

         The Resort is a golf-orient  condominium-hotel  consisting of 200 fully
furnished suites located in 2 buildings of 10 units and 15 buildings  containing
12 units each, complemented by resort and recreational facilities,  on a 20 acre
site in the Naples,  Florida area.  The Resort is part of the Lely Resort and is
located  approximately  five miles from the Naples airport and 37 miles from the
Fort Myers/Southwest  Florida  International  Airport. Each building will be two
stories.  There will be a lobby and  reception  building,  as well as a separate
building housing certain recreational amenities,  including a bar and grill, his
and her saunas,  message facilities and a fully-equipped gym. There will also be
a golf practice area, a cabana,  adult and kiddie swimming pools, tanning beach,
two spas,  volleyball court, two tennis courts and parking  facilities owned and
operated by the Company or one of its affiliates.

         In response to the Company's market studies, the Company has determined
that  a  mix  of  two-  and  three-bedroom  Units  with  certain  amenities  and
recreational  activities  will be most  attractive  to  potential  users  of the
Resort.

         The  Company  believes  that the Resort  will fill a void in the Naples
market for resort  facilities  that cater to the golf  enthusiast.  The  Company
believes  that the mix of the  facilities  provided  at the Resort  and  located
nearby,  including  the Golf  Courses,  comprises  an ideal  setting that is not
duplicated at other area resorts or at golf resorts located inland.

         The floor plans for the Units and the building  layouts  indicating the
location of the Units and other  Resort  facilities  are set forth in Annex D to
this Prospectus.


                                THE GOLF COURSES

         Golf Enterprises is the operator of the Golf Courses. It is a privately
held golf course management  company that subleases and manages some of the golf
properties of its affiliate,  American Golf  Corporation,  a privately held golf
course management company having a portfolio of golf facilities that include 260
private country clubs, resorts, daily fee public facilities and practice centers
located in 29 states and 10 facilities in the United Kingdom.

         American Golf  established  American  Golf Country Clubs  ("AGCC") as a
separate and distinct operating division within the company dedicated to private
club acquisition, management and member service in the United States and abroad.
AGCC's  portfolios  comprised  of  over  60  private  country  clubs,  that  are
considered by the industry to be among the most desirable golf properties in the
country and which include the Golf Courses.

         Robert Trent  Jones,  Sr.  designed and built the Flamingo  Island Club
course,  which  opened to the  public in April,  1990 and Lee  Trevino  and W.M.


                                       29

<PAGE>



Graves, Inc. designed the Mustang Golf Club course which opened to the public in
December, 1997. The Flamingo Island course is a 18 hole, par 72 course measuring
6,292  yards in  length  and the  Mustang  course  is a  18-hole,  par 72 course
measuring  7,217  yards  in  length.  Both  Golf  Courses  are  managed  by Golf
Enterprises.

         Golf Enterprises will erect a temporary club house, that will include a
restaurant  and pro shop,  on property  owned by the Company that is adjacent to
the Resort.  Under the Use and Access Agreement,  Golf Enterprises has agreed to
complete a  permanent  club  house by  February  2000.  This  clubhouse  will be
available to the Resort and the general public.


                                 THE LELY RESORT

         The Lely Resort is a 2900 acre country club community under development
by Lely Development Corporation,  a leading land developer in Collier County for
over 25 years. Upon completion,  the Lely Resort will be a mixed use residential
community that includes custom homes,  mid-rise  condominium units, retail sites
and office and commercial  property.  The community is being  developed in three
phases: Flamingo Plantation, Mustang Plantation and Classics Plantation.
The Resort is part of [name of phase].


                               THE RESORT INDUSTRY

General

         The resort industry is very cyclical and profitability is determined in
part by the relative  availability of supply to demand. Demand is closely linked
to the strength of the economy. The growth of supply, however, is closely linked
to the availability of capital, which may be less or more than existing demand.

         According  to the  report  (the  "Landauer  Report")  prepared  for the
Company  by  Landauer  Hospitality  Group,  Inc.  ("Landauer"),  the  Resort  is
comparable  and may be  considered  to  compete  with three  distinct  groups of
properties.  The first  group  consists of  resort-oriented  hotels in the local
Naples-Marco Island area that attract leisure and group demand. The second group
consists  of  inland  Florida  resorts  which are  golf-oriented,  some of which
feature  organized rental pool programs.  The third group includes other Florida
resorts,  many of which are  located  beachfront  and cater to  upscale  meeting
groups, as well as discretionary leisure travelers.

         The  performance of the U.S. or Florida resort  industry as a whole may
not be  indicative  of results that can be achieved in the Naples area.  Factors
that would not  necessarily  have a  material  effect on the  national  industry
because it is geographically  diverse may have a significant impact on a smaller
market. Individual resort markets may underperform or outperform the industry as
a whole.  In addition,  the results of resort  hotels in the Naples area or golf
oriented resorts located inland are not directly  comparable to the market for a


                                       30

<PAGE>



Naples-based  golf  oriented  property such as the Resort.  Finally,  properties
included  in a rental pool or program  are  affected by factors  that may not be
applicable to these other properties.


Resort Market

         Resorts  that are focused on a  particular  area of  interest,  such as
golf,  sometimes  experience  results that contrast with the  performance of the
resort market generally.  Resort properties in the Naples area generally feature
waterfront   locations,   some  with  direct  golf  access,   and  offer  luxury
accommodations  and services.  In addition,  many of these hotels are considered
"flagship"  properties  or  destination  resorts.  As such they cater to upscale
meeting  groups and  discriminating  leisure  travelers and command  higher room
rates compared to other properties,  including the Resort. This would be true of
two of the golf-oriented resorts currently planned for the Naples area.


Florida

         Tourism is Florida's  second  largest  industry and plays a significant
economic  role  throughout  the state.  The growth of the  tourism  industry  in
Florida is based on the following:

                  o         Favorable climate
                  o         Natural beauty
                  o         More leisure time
                  o         Number  and  quality of resort
                                hotels and championship golf courses
                  o         Development of new tourist attractions
                  o         Low airfare structure
                  o         Expansion of sporting events
                  o         Shopping
                  o         Healthy economy
                  o         Aggressive tourism development


Comparable Resort Properties Operating Performance

         The performance of a  representative  set of Naples/Marco  Island hotel
resort  properties,  according  to the Landauer  Report,  is as set forth in the
following table:


                       Naples/Marco Island Resort Hotels
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    YEAR          OCCUPANCY        ADR
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    1995             70%           $141
                    1996             73%           $144
                    1997 (estimate)  76%           $151
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                       31

<PAGE>



         Note:    The  hotel  resort  properties  represented  include  Registry
                  Resort  Naples,  Naples Beach Hotel and Golf Club,  Marriott's
                  Marco Island Resort & Golf Club and Inn at Pelican Bay.


         The  performance  of  a  representative  set  of  Florida  golf  resort
properties,  according to the Landauer Report,  is as set forth in the following
table:


                              Florida Golf Resorts
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    YEAR          OCCUPANCY        ADR
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    1995             60%         $117
                    1996             61%         $122
                    1997 (estimate)  63%         $128
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

         Note:    The  golf  resort   properties   represented   include  Westin
                  Innisbrook  Resort,   Marriott  at  Sawgrass  Resort  and  PGA
                  National West Palm Beach.


The Naples Market

         Naples

         The Resort is located in Collier County within the Naples  metropolitan
area, a  residential  and resort  community  located on the  southwest  coast of
Florida.

         According  to the Landauer  Report,  Naples has  experienced  growth in
nearly all sectors of its economy  that is above the growth rate for Florida and
the United  States.  The  majority of this growth has been  concentrated  in the
central and western portions of Naples near the commercial business district and
along the gulf coast.  The highest rate of growth has been experienced in retail
sales and in sales by eating and drinking establishments located in the area.

         Golf is a major  attraction in Naples and  contributes to the health of
the tourism  sector.  Naples is second in the nation for the  highest  number of
golf holes per capita and hosts an annual PGA Tour event each winter.

         Competition

         The Company  believes  that three  properties  in the Naples market are
directly competitive with the Resort.  These are Pointe Estero Resort,  Gullwing
Beach Resort and Marco Beach Ocean Resort.  The following  chart sets forth some
of the characteristics of these properties:


                                       32

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Property                                  Year Opened            No. of Rooms       Facilities/Amenities
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                          <C>                      <C>                                      
Pointe Estero Resort                         1988                     60            - TV's in every bedroom and
                                                                                      living room
                                                                                    - Swimming pool
                                                                                    - Jacuzzi
                                                                                    - Recreational activities
                                                                                    - Cookouts
Gullwing Beach Resort                        1998                     66            - Beach access
                                                                                    - Swimming pool
                                                                                    - Decorator designed rooms
                                                                                    - Guest services
                                                                                    - Turnkey ownership
Marco Beach Ocean Resort                     1998                    103            - Six floor plan choices
                                                                                    - Two swimming pools
                                                                                    - Restaurant building
                                                                                    - Concierge service
                                                                                    - Health spa
                                                                                    - Fitness training
                                                                                    - Two jacuzzi spas
                                                                                    - Reciprocal membership with
                                                                                      Royal Tarpon Yacht Club
</TABLE>


          The  factors   considered  in  determining  this  competitive   supply
included:  (1) the number of rooms and amount and quality of meeting space,  (2)
quality and value of overall  facilities and amenities,  (3) character and style
of the resort, (4) rate structure and market position,  and (5) location factors
such as surrounding land uses.

          These properties are competitive  largely based upon their size, price
points and location.  Each offers certain amenities  comparable to the amenities
offered by the Resort.  Each property  offers  access to golf at sites,  some of
which are owned by the  resort  and  others of which  are  located  at  adjacent
properties  or  nearby.  The  cost of tee  times  at these  golf  facilities  is
approximately  equal to prices that will be paid by Resort  guests,  though less
than amounts  that will be paid by a Unit Owner when such prices are  calculated
as part of the price of ownership of a Unit. The quality of the golf  facilities
themselves are generally of lower caliber than the Golf Courses.

          In  addition,  there are a number of  condominiums  and  hotels in the
Naples  area that offer golf as one of their  featured  recreational  activities
such as  Lover's  Key Beach Club and  Resort,  the  Naples  Beach & Golf  Hotel,
Fiddler's Creek and Naples Heritage.  The Lely Resort also includes  condominium
units that offer access to the Lely golf courses.


          Resort Market Seasonality

          The Naples  resort  market is  affected  by  seasonality  with  demand
fluctuating  at different  levels  throughout  the year.  The severity of demand
fluctuation  has  lessened  in  recent  years  as a  result  of  the  increasing
popularity  of the area.  Peak  season in demand  occurs from  November  through
April.  During peak  periods,  occupancy in Naples  ranges from 79.11% to 85.51%
during  this  period and there is less  disparity  between  weekend  and weekday
demand. As a result, the resort market experiences numerous fill nights (periods
in which the market is at  capacity)  during  the peak  season.  The  "shoulder"
season includes the months of October and May. Occupancy  percentages  generally
range from 67% to 70% during this period. The resort market experiences numerous
fill nights on the weekends during the shoulder  season.  The low season is from
June  through  September.  Market  occupancy  ranges from 48% to 61% during this
period.


                                       33

<PAGE>


          Unsatisfied Demand

          As a result of  significant  tourist  activity and a strong demand for
proximity to the area's high quality golf  facilities,  Naples  experiences high
levels of  unsatisfied  demand  during  certain  times of the year.  Unsatisfied
demand is that demand which is not able to be  accommodated in the direct market
area due to facility size or capacity  constraints  and exists whenever a market
experiences periods of 100% occupancy.  As a result of seasonality,  unsatisfied
demand can exist even though the average annual occupancy for the market is less
than  100%.  The  level  of  unsatisfied  demand  is  extremely  important  when
considering  the potential  support for new resort  development  in a particular
area.


          Market Demand

          The overall  demand for resort  lodging  accommodations  in the Naples
area is generated  primarily by leisure  destination  travelers  and the meeting
group market. However,  because of the number and quality of the golf facilities
in the Naples area,  lodging for golf enthusiasts who come to the area primarily
to play golf is high.


          Future Demand Growth

          The  Company   currently   estimates  that  demand  will  increase  at
approximately __% annually starting in ______,  the point at which new supply is
expected to enter the  competitive  marketplace.  This growth is consistent with
the demand growth experienced by the competitive supply between 1995 and 1996 as
set forth in the Landauer Report.

          The Company also presently  anticipates  that the new additions to the
competitive  supply will induce  demand into the market.  Induced  demand is new
demand  that  enters a market as a direct  result of the  introduction  of a new
hotel  product.  This  demand  is  over  and  above  the  normal  demand  growth
experienced  by the  marketplace.  As a result  of their  more  unique  physical
attributes,  variety of amenities,  and ability to cater to all demand segments,
resort oriented hotels, more than any other lodging type, possess the ability to
induce new demand into a marketplace.


          Prospective New Resort Supply

          The Company estimates that ____ new rooms (including the Resort Units)
will be  constructed  within the next three years,  including both resort hotels
and golf-oriented resorts.

          Plans for the construction of three significant golf resort properties
have been announced.  Florida  Panthers  Holdings,  a  publicly-held  sports and
leisure company,  announced a project for the construction of a world-class golf
resort and country  club in Naples.  The project  will  include a  semi-private,
18-hole golf course and a luxury 250-room  hotel.  Plans to construct a 295-room
golf lodge that will be operated  by the  Ritz-Carlton  luxury  hotel chain have
also been announced.  In addition,  WCI Communities and Hyatt Equities announced
an agreement for the  development  of a 450-room  Hyatt Regency  resort hotel in
southern  Lee County  (between  Naples  and Fort  Meyers)  that will  include an
18-hole  championship golf course that will primarily serve guests of the hotel,
but which will also be open to the public for daily-fee play.


                       PROJECTED PERFORMANCE OF THE RESORT

          The  following  represents a summary of a range of selected  projected
financial  performance  of a typical Unit for the first five years of operations
and is derived  from the  Projections  appearing  on page P-1.  This  summary of
selected   financial   performance  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  the
Projections,  which  includes the  assumptions  underlying the  Projections  and
related notes.



                                       34

<PAGE>



          Investors should recognize that the Projections are not intended to be
predictions  about the performance of the Resort.  The Company believes that the
assumptions on which the Projections are based are reasonable.  However,  actual
results  will differ  from the results  contained  in the  Projections,  perhaps
materially.  Investors  are  encouraged  to consult with their own advisors with
respect  to the  assumptions  upon  which  the  Projections  are  based  and are
encouraged to review the discussion of risk factors regarding the Resort and its
operations set forth under "Risk Factors" beginning on page __.

        [Add Selected Projections of Financial Performance of the Units]


Market Penetration

          The operating results set forth in the Projections are predicated on a
number of assumptions relating to the physical and locational characteristics of
the Resort. These assumptions include the Resort's overall facility,  as well as
the fact that the Resort has a preferential  use and access  agreement with Golf
Enterprises.  The  Company  believes  that the  resort-oriented  facilities  and
dedicated golf agreement  will provide a significant  competitive  advantage for
the Resort in the Naples marketplace.  Additionally,  the Company considered the
following factors in preparing the Projections:

          o        the estimated future  performance of the overall  competitive
                   lodging market

          o        the advantages and  disadvantages  of the Resort  relative to
                   the  existing and future  competitive  market  (assuming  its
                   location,  overall facilities, and access to the Golf Courses
                   with the rights  provided  to Unit  Owners  under the Use and
                   Access Agreement)

          o        the estimated mix of different types of demand for the Resort

          o        the estimated rate structure for the Resort

          o        the impact of potential new resort supply in the  competitive
                   market


          Different  assumptions  about market  penetration serve as a basis for
the  Projections  of  future  occupancy   performance  for  the  Resort.  Market
penetration is a measurement  of the level of demand  captured by a given resort
in relation to its fair market  share based on the number of resort rooms it has
relative to the number of rooms in the market.  Market  penetration is expressed
as a percentage,  with a resort  capturing its fair market share having a market
penetration rate of 100%.

Occupancy

[To be added]

Conclusion

[To be added]



                               THE RESORT OPERATOR

          The  Rental  Manager  is  negotiating  to engage  MeriStar  Management
Company,  L.L.C.,  an affiliate of MeriStar  Hotels & Resorts,  Inc.,  as Resort
Operator.  The Resort Operator and certain of its affiliates  manage and operate
various hotel  assets,  including  most of the hotels owned by American  General
Hospitality  Corporation,  making  it  one  of  the  largest  independent  hotel
management  companies  in the  United  States  based on  number  of rooms  under
management.  The Resort  Operator is included in the  MeriStar  Group's  Resorts
division which focuses on sun, golf and ski oriented  properties.  These resorts
are located in California, Florida, Georgia, Massachusetts, Vermont and the U.S.
Virgin Islands and are operated under nationally  recognized brand names such as
Hilton(R), Sheraton(R),  Westin(R), Marriott(R), Doubletree (R) and Radisson(R).
The  MeriStar  group is the  successor  to the  leasing and  management  company
interests


                                       35

<PAGE>



of CapStar  Management  Company and American  General  Hospitality  Corporation.
About half of the hotels  leased or managed by the  MeriStar  group are owned by
MeriStar  Hospitality  Corporation,  a  real  estate  investment  trust  and  an
affiliate of the MeriStar group.



                            MANAGEMENT OF THE RESORT

          The Resort Operator will manage the rental of the Units,  and maintain
the Units on behalf of the Rental  Manager and the Unit  Owners  pursuant to the
Resort  Management  Agreement  and the  Rental  Program  Agreement.  The  Resort
Management  Agreement does not provide for the management of the Condominium and
the  Association.  The following  discussion  is a summary of these  agreements.
Please  refer  to  Annex  E to  this  Prospectus  for the  full  text  of  these
agreements.


Rental Program Agreement

          Each Unit Owner is required to enter into the Rental Program Agreement
with LGV II as Rental Manager, and may not rent a Unit to anyone except pursuant
to the Rental  Program  Agreement.  Under the Rental Program  Agreement,  a Unit
Owner agrees to make the Unit Owner's  Unit  available  for rental by the Rental
Manager  whenever the Unit Owner is not  occupying  the Unit Owner's  Unit.  The
Rental Manager will seek suitable renters to rent the Unit who will pay a rental
rate set by the Rental Manager.

          Rental Revenue

          Rental  revenue does not include  funds  collected  for taxes or other
governmental requirements, including sales tax and tourist taxes. Rental revenue
will be adjusted by  deduction  of all  applicable  travel  agent fees,  airline
booking fees,  credit card and check  collection  fees, and any other applicable
collection or booking costs, from the monthly gross rental revenue received with
respect  to the  rental of the  Unit.  This does not  include  other  deductions
described below.


          Interior Maintenance Fund

          The Rental  Manager will deduct 3% of Adjusted  Gross  Rental  Revenue
from the prior month's Adjusted Gross Rental Revenue to the Interior Maintenance
Fund.  Interest  earned on the  Interior  Maintenance  Fund will be added to the
Fund. The Interior Maintenance Fund will be used by the Rental Manager to repair
or replace furnishings,  linens, decorative items,  accessories,  floor and wall
coverings, equipment and appliances as the Rental Manager may deem necessary. In
making these repairs, the Rental Manager will consult with the Unit Owner to the
extent   practicable.   If  amounts  in  the  Interior   Maintenance   Fund  are
insufficient, the Unit Owner is responsible for paying any shortfall. The Rental
Manager  may, but is not  obligated  to,  advance  funds that may be repaid from
future  rental  revenues or billed to the Unit Owner.  The Rental  Manager  will
provide  the  Unit  Owners  with an  annual  accounting  of all  monies  held or
disbursed from the Interior Maintenance Fund.


          Management Fee

          For its services under the Rental Program  Agreement,  the Unit Owners
will pay the Rental  Manager a management fee equal to 50% of the Adjusted Gross
Rental  Revenue  derived by the Unit  Owner from the rental of the Unit  Owner's
Unit (the  "Management  Fee"). The Rental Manager will deduct the Management Fee
from the Adjusted Gross Rental Revenue received in the previous month.




                                       36

<PAGE>



          Distributions

          The Rental  Manager  will  distribute  to the Unit Owners by check the
balance of Adjusted Gross Rental Revenue for the preceding month remaining after
payment of the Interior  Maintenance  Fund amount and the  Management  Fee on or
about the 20th day of each  month.  The  Rental  Manager  reserves  the right to
deduct for other costs or expenses  incurred by the Rental  Manager with respect
to the Unit, including without limitation, unpaid taxes, assessments, judgments,
deficiencies in the amount available from the Interior  Maintenance Fund for the
repair,  replacement  and maintenance of the Units,  Annual  Licensing Fees, and
other  charges  payable by the Unit Owner or guests for use of  services  or the
purchase of goods while in residence in the Unit.


          Reports to Unit Owners

          Under the Rental Program Agreement, the Rental Manager will provide to
Unit Owners each month a statement of revenues  derived from the rental of their
Units  and the  amount  deducted  from the gross  revenues  in  arriving  at the
Adjusted  Gross Rental  Revenues.  In addition,  the Rental Manager will provide
each Unit Owner with  information  by  January 31 of each year for  purposes  of
preparing  their tax returns.  The Rental  Manager will also provide Unit Owners
with an  annual  statement  of  income  and  expenses  charged  to the  Interior
Maintenance Fund and any other expenditures made for the maintenance,  repair or
replacement of the Unit Owners's Unit and its contents.


          Indemnification

          The  Rental  Program  Agreement  provides  that  the Unit  Owner  will
indemnify the Rental Manager and the Resort  Operator  against losses or damages
resulting from its  performance  under the Rental Program  Agreement,  including
claims  arising  out of  neglect  or  misconduct  by the Unit  Owner or the Unit
Owner's guests and for damage to any person or property.


          Administrative Fee

            The Rental Program Agreement  provides for the payment of a one-time
administrative  fee at the  closing of the  purchase of a Unit of $500 to defray
the  cost  of  the  computerized   rental  and  income  tax  reporting  systems,
administrative expenses related to initial set-up and management of the computer
system, and set-up of the telephone systems.


          Other Provisions

          The Rental Program Agreement contains provisions  regarding insurance,
assignment  of a Unit,  electronic  services,  pest  control and  certain  other
matters.


Sale of a Unit by Unit Owner

          There are certain conditions that must be satisfied in connection with
the sale of a Unit by a Unit Owner.  Prior to entering into an agreement for the
sale of a Unit,  the Unit Owner must provide the proposed  purchaser with a copy
of the Rental  Program  Agreement and must notify the Rental Manager within five
days after putting the Unit up for sale and must also notify the Rental  Manager
of the proposed  conveyance  ten days in advance of closing.  In  addition,  the
selling Unit Owner must pay a fee of $5,000 which will  increase  annually by 4%
beginning on November 1, 2000.

          Under the  Condominium  Declaration,  a Unit Owner who enters  into an
agreement to sell the Unit Owner's Unit must within ten days after the execution
of the sale agreement  furnish to the Association  written notice of the name of
the proposed  purchaser,  together  with a copy of the purchase  agreement.  The


                                       37

<PAGE>



Association must approve or disapprove the proposed purchaser within 20 business
days after receipt of notice.  If the Association  disapproves the purchase,  it
must within 30 days after the Association  received notice of the proposed sale,
furnish the Unit Owner with an approved  purchaser  who will  purchase  the Unit
Owner's  Unit on terms as  favorable to the Unit Owner as the terms set forth in
the notice to the Association.  If the Association fails to furnish a substitute
purchaser,  the  Unit  Owner  may  sell  the  Unit  to the  originally  proposed
purchaser.


Resort Management Agreement

          The Company has entered into the Resort Management  Agreement with the
Resort  Operator  pursuant to which the Resort Operator has agreed to manage the
Resort and perform the Company's  obligations under the Rental Program Agreement
for a five-year  terming ending March __, 2004,  subject to earlier  termination
under certain circumstances,  including termination by the Resort Operator if at
least __ Units are not completed on or before _____.


          Compensation

          The  Rental  Manager  will pay to the  Resort  Operator  each month in
arrears a management fee equal to the sum of (1) 2.5% of Total Non-Golf Revenues
(as defined in the Resort Management  Agreement) plus (2) 0.5% of Total Net Golf
Revenues  (as  defined  in  the  Resort  Management  Agreement),  subject  to  a
guaranteed  minimum monthly payment of $7,500 commencing on the later of (x) the
first anniversary of the commencement of the Resort Management Agreement and (y)
the date on which all the Units have been  completed.  In  addition,  the Rental
Manager will pay the Resort  Operator an incentive  fee. The Rental Manager will
also be paid a monthly fee of $____ for provision of its centralized  accounting
services.


          Beach Access

          The Resort  Management  Agreement  provides that so long as the Rental
Manager is not in default under the Agreement,  the Resort  Operator will permit
Unit Owners and their guests to use the beach at the Resort Operator's  Radisson
- - Marco  Island  resort  without  charge.  The costs of such  access,  including
transportation  to the  beach,  will be  absorbed  by the  Rental  Manager as an
Operating Expense under the Resort Management Agreement.


            SUMMARY OF CONDOMINIUM DECLARATION AND RELATED DOCUMENTS

          As described elsewhere in this Prospectus, the Resort is a part of the
Lely Resort.  Each Unit is also subject to the Declaration of General Covenants,
Conditions and  Restrictions for Lely Resort (the "Community  Declaration")  and
the  Neighborhood  Declaration (as defined in the Condominium  Declaration),  as
well  as  the  Condominium   Declaration,   the  Association  Articles  and  the
Association  By-laws  (collectively,  the  "Documents").  The  Documents  impose
certain covenants, conditions and restrictions on the Units and Unit Owners. The
following  discussion of these  Documents is a summary of the material  terms of
these  Documents  but does not purport to be complete  and is  qualified  in its
entirety by reference to such  Documents,  which are included as Annex F to this
Prospectus.


The Community Declaration

          The Community  Declaration sets out the initial  protective  covenants
running with the land that created the project known as Lely Resort, and creates
general  easements  over the Lely Resort  property  allowing it to function as a
community.  It describes the plan of development for Lely Resort,  including the
maintenance  responsibility  of the Community  Association for community  Common
Areas,  and sets forth  provisions for  establishing  Neighborhoods  within Lely
Resort with  individual  homeowner or  condominium  associations  operating  the
Neighborhoods  under the auspices of the  Community  Association.  The Community
Declaration  also set forth the rights of Members of the Community  Association,
whether or not such Members live within an area  designated  as a  Neighborhood,


                                       38

<PAGE>



and provides for the representation of Members in the Community Association. The
Community  Declaration  further  creates  assessment  and  lien  rights  for the
Community  Association  against  units  within Lely  Resort.  It also  generally
provides  for  use  restrictions,  some  functional,  such as  requirements  for
Community  Association  approval for any  modification  to the water  management
system,  and some aesthetic,  such as the requirement for Community  Association
approval for any change in the exterior colors of residences.

The Community Articles

[To be completed]

The Community By-Laws

[To be completed]

The Neighborhood Declaration

          The Neighborhood  Declaration  designates the Resort as a Neighborhood
under the provisions of the Community Declaration.


Condominium Declaration

          The  Condominium  Declaration  describes the phases of the condominium
development,   including  the  Resort  Units  and  the  commercial   Units.  The
Condominium  Declaration also describes and sets forth the rights of Unit Owners
with respect to common elements,  provides for voting rights with respect to the
Units  and sets  forth the plan for  development  of the  condominium  Units and
common  elements and  amenities to be owned by the Unit Owners.  Generally,  the
Condominium  Declaration sets forth provisions regarding insurance requirements,
condemnation  and casualty  occurrences  and certain other events  affecting the
condominium  Units generally.  Among other things,  the Condominium  Declaration
provides  for  occupancy  and use  restrictions,  sets  forth the rights of Unit
Owners to use the Golf Courses,  provides for assignment of Units and sets forth
restrictions  on  signs,  pets,  clotheslines,  litter  and other  external  and
aesthetic  aspects of the Resort.  We provide  additional  information about the
Condominium Declaration under the captions "Voting Rights",  "Meetings",  "Board
of Directors" and "Insurance".


The Association

          The Association will be formed as a Florida non-profit  corporation to
perform  various  management  and  supervision  functions at the  Condominium on
behalf  of  the  Unit  Owners  pursuant  to  the  Condominium  Declaration.  The
Condominium  Declaration,  established by the Company as Developer,  is recorded
against  title to the Unit and the common  elements of the  Condominium.  A Unit
Owner  automatically  becomes a member  of the  Association.  Membership  in the
Association may not be transferred or retained separately from any Unit.

          The  Association  will  supervise  and assure the  performance  of all
appropriate  maintenance,  management,  repair, and administration of the common
elements of the Condominium.  Operation of the rental aspects of the Resort will
be the responsibility of the Resort Operator and Rental Manager, pursuant to the
terms of the Resort Management Agreement and the Rental Program Agreement.


          Voting Rights

          All  voting  rights  are  vested  exclusively  in the  members  of the
Association.  The Association  Articles and the Condominium  Declaration provide
that  there  will be a  period  of  control  of the  Board of  Directors  of the
Association by the Company until the earliest to occur of the following:



                                       39

<PAGE>



          Unit Owners will elect 1/3 of the  directors  after the Company  sells
15% of the Total  Condominium  Units (as defined in the  Association  Articles).
Unit Owners will elect a majority of the  directors  after the earliest to occur
of the following:

         (1)      Three  years  after 50% of all Units  which are to be conveyed
                  have been conveyed;

         (2)      Three  months  after 90% of all Units which are to be conveyed
                  have been conveyed;

         (3)      When all Units that are to be conveyed are completed, some are
                  sold and no Units are being offered for general sale;

         (4)      When some of the Units have been  conveyed  and no other Units
                  are being constructed or offered for general sale; or

         (5)      Seven years after recordation of the Condominium Declaration.

          The Company may elect at least one  director as long as it is offering
for general sale at least 5% of the Units.

          Directors  will have a two-year  staggered term of office once control
of the Board is transferred to the Unit Owners. There will be a minimum of three
directors.

          Board  members and officers  appointed by the Company while in control
are not required to be Unit Owners. Each Unit Owner will be entitled to cast one
vote for each Unit owned by such  Owner in all  meetings  of the  members of the
Association.  However,  the voting  rights of a Unit Owner may be suspended if a
Unit Owner fails to pay any  assessments  or other  amounts due the  Association
within 15 days after such payment is due or if any Unit Owner violates any other
provision of the Condominium  Declaration or other  documents  pertaining to the
Condominium  and such  violation is not cured within 15 days after notice to the
owner. Only a single vote may be cast for each Unit,  regardless of how title is
held.  If a Unit is owned by more than one person and the Unit Owners are unable
to agree among themselves as to how their vote or votes shall be cast, they will
lose their right to vote on the matter in question.

          Under the  Condominium  Declaration,  a special  assessment  exceeding
$50,000 may be levied only upon an  affirmative  vote of  two-thirds of the Unit
Owners  entitled  to  vote  on  such  matters.  In  addition,   the  Condominium
Declaration  provides  the Unit  Owners  with the right to vote to  approve by a
majority-in-interest  of owners whether to finance  capital  improvements in the
condominium by pledging future assessments. The Condominium Declaration may only
be amended or modified by an affirmative  vote of 67% of the owners  entitled to
vote  thereon,  except  where  applicable  law  otherwise  requires  or in cases
involving the exercise of development  rights by the Developer,  eminent domain,
relocation of limited common elements or boundaries  between Units,  subdivision
of Units, or termination of the Condominium.


          Meetings

          Under  the  Association  By-laws,  meetings  of  the  members  of  the
Association will be held annually  commencing in 2000. The purpose of the annual
meeting  is to hear  reports  of the  officers,  elect  members  of the Board of
Directors  and transact  other  appropriate  business.  Special  meetings of the
members may be called by the President or Vice  President of the  Association or
by a majority of the Board of Directors.

          Meetings of the Board of  Directors  of the  Association  will be held
annually to elect officers of the Association.  Regular meetings of the Board of
Directors  shall be held at such time and place as  determined  by a majority of
the Board of Directors  and special  meetings of the Board of  Directors  may be
called by the Secretary at the request of one-third of the directors.




                                       40

<PAGE>



          Board of Directors; Officers

          The initial members of the Board of Directors of the Association  are:
A. Jack  Solomon,  Mark S. Taylor and Karen Welks.  The initial  officers of the
Association are:  President - A. Jack Solomon;  Vice President - Mark S. Taylor;
and  Secretary  and  Treasurer  - Karen  Welks.  Each of these  individuals  are
employees of Ronto or one of its affiliates.


          Insurance

          The Association will maintain  property and casualty  insurance on the
exterior of the buildings,  common elements of the Resort and the amenities that
are owned by the Unit Owners. The amount of the insurance  coverage,  as well as
other  terms  of  coverage  will be  determined  by the  Board of  Directors  in
accordance with the requirements of the Condominium Declaration.



                                   THE COMPANY

Management

          The Company is a limited  partnership and management of the Company is
determined  in  accordance  with the  provisions  of the  Agreement  of  Limited
Partnership (the  "Partnership  Agreement") by and among Westbrook and Ronto, as
General  Partners,  and Westbrook  Real Estate Fund II, L.P. and Westbrook  Real
Estate Co-Investment  Partnership II, L.P. as Limited Partners.  Under the terms
of  the  Partnership  Agreement,  management  of the  Company  is  vested  in an
Executive Committee. The Executive Committee has three members, two of which are
appointed by Westbrook and one of which is appointed by Ronto.

          Executive Committee

The initial members of the Executive  Committee are Jonathan H. Paul and Richard
P. Hoch, as Westbrook appointees, and A. Jack Solomon, as Ronto appointee.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                 Occupation and
Name                                 Date Appointed                   Business Experience                     Age
<S>                                       <C>              <C>                                                <C>
Richard P. Hoch                           1998             Director-Acquisitions     of    Westbrook          38
                                                           Partners,    L.L.C.,    a   real   estate
                                                           investment   management  company,   since
                                                           February  1995.   From  January  1990  to
                                                           February  1995,  Mr. Hoch was employed by
                                                           Price  Waterhouse   L.L.P.  as  a  Senior
                                                           Manager  performing  real estate advisory
                                                           services  for pension  funds,  investment
                                                           companies,           real          estate
                                                           developers/operators       and      other
                                                           institutions.


Jonathan H. Paul                          1998            Managing Principal of Westbrook Partners,           34
                                                          L.L.C. since May 1994.  From September
                                                          1990 to May 1994 Mr. Paul was employed
                                                          by Morgan Stanley & Co., Inc. as a Senior
                                                          Associate engaged in real estate and
                                                          corporate investment banking and principal
                                                          activities.



                                                 41

<PAGE>



                                 Occupation and
Name                                 Date Appointed                   Business Experience                     Age
A. Jack Solomon                           1998             President  of Ronto  Management,  Inc., a          [ ]
                                                           real estate  management  and  development
                                                           consulting  company,  as  well  as  other
                                                           companies in The Ronto Group of companies
                                                           since June 1995.  From ____ to June 1995,
                                                           Mr.  Solomon  served  in  various  senior
                                                           executive  capacities for The Ronto Group
                                                           of companies,  performing  administrative
                                                           and  analytical  services  in  connection
                                                           with  the  identification,   development,
                                                           construction  and marketing of commercial
                                                           and residential real estate.
</TABLE>


          As provided under the Partnership  Agreement,  the Executive Committee
has designated Ronto as the initial  Administrative  Partner. The Administrative
Partner  conducts  the  day-to-day  business of the Company and  performs  asset
management  services for the Company.  The Administrative  Partner has the power
and  authority to enter into  contracts  and take other actions on behalf of the
Company that have been authorized by the Executive Committee  specifically or in
the context of approval of the Company's budget. The Administrative Partner also
has  authority  regarding  matters  requiring  expenditures  up to $5,000 or for
budget  items in an amount up to 5% above the amounts  authorized  in the budget
approved by the Executive Committee, whichever is greater.


          Executive Officers

          In its capacity as  Administrative  Partner,  Ronto has  appointed the
following  individuals,  each  of  whom  is  employed  by  Ronto  or  one of its
affiliates, to act in executive capacities on behalf of the Company:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Name                          Office                        Business Experience                               Age
<S>                           <C>                           <C>                                               <C>  
A. Jack Solomon               Chief Executive Officer       See above under Executive Committee               [ ]
Karen E. Welks                Secretary and Treasurer       Treasurer of Ronto Management, Inc.               40
                                                            and other companies in The Ronto
                                                            Group since December 1993
Kenneth C. Torrens            Vice President -              Vice President - Marketing/Sales of               52
                              Marketing /Sales              Ronto Management, Inc. and other
                                                            companies in The Ronto   Group  since
                                                            June 1998; from January 1997 to June
                                                            1998, Director of Sales for F.D.C.;
                                                            and from June 1996 to June 1998,
                                                            Director of Sale/Marketing for
                                                            Black Diamond Ranch.



                                                 42

<PAGE>
</TABLE>



                           SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS
                                           AND MANAGEMENT

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Name                                                        Beneficial Ownership Interest
<S>                                                        <C> 
A. Jack Solomon                                            general partnership interest 1, 2
Ronto                                                      general partnership interest 2

Westbrook                                                  general partnership interest 3
Richard P. Hoch                                            general partnership interest 3, 4
Jonathan Paul                                              general partnership interest 3, 5
Westbrook Partners.                                        general partnership interest 3, 6
</TABLE>



Development of the Resort

          The Company,  organized in February 1998, was formed solely to design,
develop, finance,  construct and market the Resort. The Company will finance the
construction  of  the  Resort  through   third-party   construction   financing,
internally  generated  equity  funds  and  loans  from its  partners.  The total
estimated  acquisition,  construction,  development  (including  funding  of the
obligation  for a  break-even  cash flow for the first year),  marketing  costs,
financing costs (including a return on internally generated funds), and overhead
costs  in  connection  with  the  project  are  estimated  to  be  approximately
$35,500,000.  Actual  costs  may vary  depending  on final  design,  control  of
construction  costs,  the length of time to construct and market the project and
unforeseen  factors  such as  labor  and  material  shortages.  At no time  will
proceeds  from  the  sale  of  Units  be  used  to  provide  financing  for  the
construction of the Resort.  Management of the Company  includes certain members
of management of Ronto and Westbrook  and,  together with certain other officers
of Ronto and its  affiliates,  will provide  expertise  in project  development,
finance, marketing and administration. The Company will fund any amount required
to keep Association  assessments  under $______ during the Guarantee Period from
net proceeds of the offering.

Prior Developments by The Ronto Group

          The Ronto Group of companies has  developed and  constructed a variety
of projects,  primarily in Southwest  Florida,  including:  Royal Marco Point, a
beach-front  development in Hideaway Beach, Marco Island,  Florida consisting of
villas, cottages and mid-rise apartments; The Habitat, also in Hideaway Beach, a
golf course  condominium;  Key Marco in Marco Island,  Florida, a development of
single-family  lots;  Independence  Bay  in  Deerfield  Beach,  Florida,  a land
development  and  construction  program  consisting  of single family villas and
garden apartments;  Silver Lake in Boynton Beach,  Florida, a single-family home
subdivision; The Gates of Hillsboro in Deerfield Beach, Florida, a single family
home  subdivision  involving  both  land  development  and  home  building;  The
Crestview  at  Heritage  Greens in  Naples,  Florida,  a  community  development
consisting of coach homes and luxury  villas;  and The Shores at Gulf Harbour in
Naples, Florida, mid-rise luxury condominiums and coach homes.

- --------

1        Mr. Solomon owns a class of stock of Ronto that provides him with 75.5%
         of the  total  voting  power of Ronto  and may be  deemed  an  indirect
         beneficial  owner of the general  partnership  interest of Ronto in the
         Company.

                   [Footnotes describing direct and indirect
                   beneficial ownership interest to be added]

                                       43

<PAGE>



                         DETERMINATION OF PURCHASE PRICE

          The initial  purchase  price of the Units has been  determined  by the
Company  solely  on  the  basis  of  its  subjective   evaluation  of  marketing
considerations.  No  independent  valuations  have been obtained for purposes of
determining  the value of the  Units.  The  Company  may  increase  or lower the
purchase   price  in  response  to  market   conditions   and  demand  based  on
configuration,  view or location within the  Condominium.  Adjustments  could be
applied in different amounts to the same type of Units based on location and may
not be  uniformally  applied to all Units of the same type.  The price of a Unit
cannot be changed  once a purchase  contract  has been  executed  for such Unit.
There  can be no  assurance  that  Units  can be  resold  at or in excess of the
purchase  price.  No  organized  market for the  trading of Units is expected to
develop  as a result of this  Offering.  Units may only be  offered  for  resale
personally or through securities  broker-dealers that satisfy applicable Florida
real estate sale requirements.


                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

          Assuming that the maximum  number of Units offered  hereby are sold at
the highest price in the proposed  range of prices for each Unit  category,  the
gross proceeds from the sale of Units will be approximately  $38,000,000 million
exclusive of offering expenses estimated at $_________.  All of the net proceeds
of this offering will be paid to the Company except for amounts paid in addition
to the purchase  price for closing  costs that are payable to third  parties and
for the amount paid to fund the  Association  reserve.  None of the net proceeds
representing  the  purchase  price  of the  Units  will  be  available  to  fund
operations of the Resort.  The total revenue less the total  estimated  costs of
$35,500,000  represent  the  Company's  pre-tax  profit and are available to pay
management fees to Ronto,  distributions  to the Company's  general partners and
affiliated entities, and income taxes.


                              PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

          The  Units are being  offered  directly  by the  Company  through  its
employees.   Neither   the  Company  nor  these   employees   are   licensed  as
broker-dealers  under the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as  amended.  The
Company has filed an application for registration as an issuer-dealer  under the
laws of the State of  Florida  and its  employees  participating  in the sale of
Units have filed applications for registration as sales associates under Florida
law.  These  employees  will not be specially  compensated  for serving as sales
agents in connection with the offer and sale of the Units.  The Company will pay
finders  fees to real  estate  brokers in  connection  with the  offering of the
Units.


                                 HOW TO PURCHASE

          To purchase a Unit,  you must execute a purchase  contract in the form
appearing in Annex F and agree to be bound by its terms. All purchase  contracts
are  subject to the  review,  approval  and  acceptance  by the  Company,  whose
decision shall be final. Upon acceptance,  you must pay a down payment of 10% of
the purchase price for your Unit  following  acceptance by the Company (or after
effectiveness  of  the  registration  statement,  at  signing  of  the  purchase
contract. An additional deposit of 10% of the purchase price must be paid within
10 days after the issuance of a certificate  of  occupancy.  Checks must be made
payable to "Ruden, McClosky, Smith, Schuster & Russell, P.A., Escrow Account."

          Under Florida condominium law a purchaser of Units will have the right
to rescind the purchase for a 15-day  period  commencing on the last to occur of
the date of execution of the purchase contract,  the date the purchaser receives
all documents  required by law and the date the purchaser receives any amendment
to a document previously received.

          Funds  deposited  as down  payments  will be held by Ruden,  McClosky,
Smith,  Schuster & Russell,  P.A., as escrow agent (the "Escrow  Agent"),  in an
interest-bearing escrow account for your benefit until closing of your Unit when
these  funds  will be  released  to the  Company.  In the event your Unit is not
completed  or the Company  rejects  your  purchase  contract,  all funds held in
escrow,  together with accrued interest thereon, will be refunded.  Amounts held
in escrow are non-refundable if you breach the purchase contract.


                                       44

<PAGE>



          Upon  completion  of your  Unit,  you will be  required  to pay to the
closing  agent the balance of the purchase  price and closing  costs of 1.25% of
the purchase price,  the cost of recording the deed,  prorated amounts and other
costs.  See Annex G for  estimated  amounts.  Upon payment of the balance of the
purchase price, the closing agent will record a deed to you from the Company and
the Escrow Agent will disburse the purchase proceeds to the Company,  net of all
closing  costs.  The closing  agent will also record the lien  securing any loan
that you may obtain to finance the Unit.  The Rental  Program  Agreement will be
recorded prior to any mortgage or other lien on the Unit.

          You may  procure  financing  from  any  available  source  and will be
required to qualify for financing  based on the  requirements  of the particular
lender.  The Company  may,  but is not  obligated  to,  refer you to a source of
financing.  All financing  costs will be your obligation if you elect to finance
the purchase of your Unit.


                           CERTAIN FEDERAL TAX ASPECTS

          Set forth  below is a  summary  of the  material  federal  income  tax
considerations   related  to  the  offering,   but  does  not  address  all  tax
considerations  that may apply to a  particular  owner.  This summary of the tax
aspects is based on the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"),
on   existing   Treasury   Department   regulations   ("Regulations"),   and  on
administrative rulings and judicial decisions interpreting the Code. Legislative
amendments, administrative changes and judicial decisions could modify or change
completely  statements and opinions expressed below about the federal income tax
consequences  of  the  purchase  and  rental  of  a  Unit.   Additionally,   the
interpretation of existing law and regulations  described here may be challenged
by the Internal  Revenue  Service  during an audit of a Unit Owner's  individual
return.

          The  following  summary  of tax  aspects  generally  assumes  that the
investor  is an  individual  and is a United  States  citizen or  resident.  The
following  discussion is only a summary and is limited to those areas of federal
income tax law that are considered to be most important to individual  investors
owning interests in the Units. Although the Rental Manager will furnish the Unit
Owners with such  information  regarding the Units as is required for income tax
purposes,  each Unit Owner will be responsible  for preparing and filing his own
tax returns.

          Accordingly,  prospective  investors  are urged to  consult,  and must
depend  upon,  their  tax  advisors  regarding  their  individual  circumstances
(especially if the  prospective  investor is not an individual) and the federal,
state,  local and other tax consequences  arising out of their  participation as
Unit Owners.


Tax Consequences to Unit Owners of Rental of Units

General

          Each Unit Owner will be  required  to report  his rental  income  with
respect to his Unit on his individual  return.  The extent to which a Unit Owner
may deduct his or her Unit's  expenses will depend upon:  (1) whether the rental
activity  engaged in is with the intent of making a profit (Code  Section  183);
(2) whether the Unit  constitutes  a "dwelling  unit" (Code Section  280A);  (3)
whether the rental  activity is a "passive  activity"  (Code Section  469);  (4)
whether the  taxpayer is "at risk" with respect to the  activity  (Code  Section
465); and (5) the limitations on interest deductions.  Additional  provisions of
the Code may also  limit a  specific  taxpayer's  deductions.  Moreover,  to the
extent that a Unit Owner's share of losses  exceeds the basis of his Unit,  such
excess  losses  cannot  be  utilized  in that  year by that  Unit  Owner for any
purpose,  but  are  suspended  and  allowed  as  a  deduction  (subject  to  the
limitations  described  above) when the Unit Owner's adjusted basis for his Unit
at the end of any year exceeds zero (before reduction by the suspended loss).


Section 183

          Section  183 of the Code  provides  that,  in the case of an  activity
engaged in by an individual or an S corporation, certain deductions attributable
to such activity will be limited to the gross income generated by such activity


                                       45

<PAGE>



if the activity is not engaged in for profit.  Losses  disallowed  under Section
183 are not merely suspended but are permanently  denied.  The Regulations under
Section 183 provide a three-tier system of permitted  deductions up to a maximum
of the gross income from the activity.  The  Regulations  also provide rules for
allocation of expenses to the specific tiers.

          Section  1.183-2  of the  Regulations  provides  that  all  facts  and
circumstances  are to be taken into account and no one factor or  combination of
factors is determinative.  The Regulations list nine factors that will generally
be considered,  but caution that other factors may also be relevant. Because the
presence  or  absence of a profit  objective  is in part a factual  issue  which
depends upon the individual  circumstances  of each Unit Owner, it is impossible
to presently  predict with accuracy whether a particular Unit Owner will be able
to establish that he or she has a profit objective.

          Section 183 creates a presumption in favor of the  determination  that
the activity is engaged in for profit if a profit  (without  regard to operating
loss carryforwards) is realized in three out of five consecutive years. To allow
the  presumption  to work,  a Unit Owner is given an election  to  postpone  the
determination  of whether the  presumption  applies  until the end of the fourth
taxable year following the taxable year in which he first purchased his Unit and
engaged in rental  activity.  A Unit Owner should consider making an election as
prescribed in the  Regulations to preserve the ability to take advantage of this
presumption  and the delay in determining its  application.  A Unit Owner should
note that the Company makes no assurances or representations  concerning whether
a Unit Owner can expect a profit from the rental of a Unit within four years.


Section 280A

          The Section 280A home business  expense  disallowance  rule applies to
any  "dwelling  unit" used by the taxpayer as a residence.  For these  purposes,
"taxpayers"  include   individuals,   partnerships,   trusts,   estates,  and  S
corporations.  Section  280A  does not apply to a C  corporation,  except in its
capacity as a member of a partnership  or S corporation or as a beneficiary of a
trust or estate.  A "dwelling  unit" includes a house,  apartment,  condominium,
mobile  home,  boat  or  other  similar  property  that  provides  basic  living
accommodations.  The Regulations  provide an objective  standard for determining
whether  a  taxpayer's  use of a  dwelling  unit  causes it to be  considered  a
residence.


          The  Code  and  Regulations  impose  a gross  income  limitation  upon
deductions  for any owner whose Unit is used by the Unit Owner for  personal use
for a number of days during a taxable  year which  exceeds the greater of (i) 14
days,  or (ii) 10% of the  number of days  during the year for which the Unit is
rented for fair value.  Personal use includes  use by the  taxpayer,  use by the
taxpayer's  family,  use by an individual  pursuant to a reciprocal  arrangement
that permits the taxpayer use of another Unit,  days on which the Unit is rented
for  less  than  fair  rental,  use by  other  Unit  Owners  in a  time  sharing
arrangement or use by the taxpayer of other Units in the rental arrangement, and
use of the Unit as a result of a charitable donation by the taxpayer.  If a Unit
Owner's use exceeds the greater of (i) 14 days or (ii) 10% of the number of days
during the year for which the Unit is rented for fair value,  the  Section  280A
gross  income  limitation  will apply and a Unit  Owner's  use of the  available
deductions from the rental of a Unit will be limited to the expenses incurred by
a Unit Owner in  connection  with the rental of the Unit Owner's Unit. If a Unit
Owner escapes the Code Section 280A  limitation,  the availability of deductions
is determined by the Hobby Loss rules of Code Section 183, above.

          Section 280A also  establishes  an expense  allocation  fraction to be
used in apportioning  deductions between personal and business use of a property
to which Section 280A applies.  The expense allocation formula permits deduction
of the  fraction  of expenses  associated  with the  property  (other than those
expenses that are otherwise  deductible  even if a property is used for personal
use such as mortgage  interest and real estate  taxes) of which the numerator is
the  number  of days the  property  is  rented  at fair  market  value,  and the
denominator  of which is the total of the days the  property  is  actually  used
(either for business or personal use).


                                       46

<PAGE>



Income and Losses from Passive Activities

          The Code characterizes  certain activities as producing either passive
or portfolio income and loss.  Deductions of passive activity losses incurred by
an  individual,   estate,  trust,  or  personal  service  corporation  or,  with
modifications,  certain  closely  held  corporations,  may not be used to offset
non-passive  activity  income.  In general,  passive activity losses can be used
only to offset passive income, not wages or portfolio income (such as dividends,
interest,  annuities and royalties).  The passive activity rules do not apply to
regular C  corporations,  other than personal  service  corporations  or certain
closely-held corporations. For ownership of Units by a pass-through entity, such
as a partnership, S corporation,  or grantor trust, the passive loss rules apply
(if at all) to owners or beneficiaries, with a separate determination being made
for each separate taxpayer.

          In  general,  a  passive  activity  is one  which:  (1) is a trade  or
business activity in which the taxpayer does not materially participate;  or (2)
is a rental activity.

          Investments in rental activities  generally produce passive income and
loss.  Rental  activities are treated as passive  without regard to whether they
involve the conduct of trade or  business  or whether  the  taxpayer  materially
participates.  The  Regulations  provide  that where the  actual or  prospective
customer's  payments  are  principally  for the use of  tangible  property,  the
activity is a rental  activity,  even if payments are made pursuant to a service
contract or other  arrangement  that is not  denominated  as a lease.  There are
several  exceptions  provided  by  the  Regulations  to  treatment  as a  rental
activity; however, the Company does not believe that any of the exceptions apply
to the rental of a Unit. Therefore,  it is the Company's belief that income from
the rental of a Unit will most likely be treated as passive income.

          To  the  extent  that a Unit  Owner  has  passive  losses  from  other
activities,  he should be able to offset those passive losses against income and
profits from the rental of a Unit. Losses and credits  disallowed by the passive
activity  rules are suspended  and may be carried  forward and treated as losses
and credits from passive activities in each successive taxable year until offset
by income from passive activities or allowed against other income as a result of
the complete  disposition  of the taxpayer's  interest in that activity.  When a
taxpayer's  entire  interest in an  activity  is disposed of in a fully  taxable
transaction  (other  than to a related  party),  any  remaining  suspended  loss
incurred in  connection  with that specific  activity is allowed in full,  first
against income or gain from such activity during the year of disposition, second
against net income or gain from all other  passive  activities,  and  thereafter
against income from all sources, including active income.


Application of At-Risk Limitations

          Generally, Code Section 465 limits losses that a taxpayer can claim in
real estate and other enumerated  activities to the amount that the taxpayer has
at risk with respect to such activities.  Losses that are disallowed in any year
because of the "at-risk"  limitations  are carried over to succeeding  years and
can be used in those years to the extent that the partner's  at-risk  amount has
increased.  A taxpayer is considered at risk in any activity with respect to (i)
the net amount of money and the adjusted  basis of property  contributed  by the
taxpayer to the  activity,  (ii) any amount with  respect to the activity if the
taxpayer is considered  personally liable for the repayment of that amount,  and
(iii) the taxpayer's  proportionate share of any amount borrowed with respect to
the activity of holding real property if the lender is an  institutional  lender
or government or  guaranteed by the  government  and the loan is secured by real
property used in the activity ("qualified nonrecourse financing"). A taxpayer is
not considered to be "at risk" to the extent he or she is protected against loss
through  nonrecourse  financing,  guarantees,  stop loss  agreements  or similar
agreements.  A taxpayer's  at-risk  amount is increased by profits earned in the
activity and decreased by losses  occurring in the activity.  In determining the
amount of loss, if any,  disallowed under Section 465,  Sections 183 (hobby loss
provisions) and 280A (limitations on personal use of Units) are applied prior to
the  application of Section 465, and Section 469 (passive loss rules) is applied
after any limitation under Section 465 is determined.


Limitation on Interest Deductions


                                       47

<PAGE>



          The  deductibility of any interest expense incurred by a Unit Owner in
purchasing a Unit may be limited by the Code. Generally, investment interest may
be deducted to the extent of a  taxpayer's  net  investment  income.  Investment
interest  expense  does not include  any  interest  expense  which is taken into
account  in  determining  the income or loss from a passive  activity,  but does
include (i) interest on indebtedness  incurred or continued to purchase or carry
property held for investment, (ii) a partnership's interest expense attributable
to  portfolio  income  under the passive  loss  rules,  and (iii) the portion of
interest  expense  incurred or  continued  to purchase or carry an interest in a
passive  activity to the extent  attributable  to portfolio  income  (within the
meaning of the passive loss rules).  Net investment income includes gross income
from property held for  investment,  gain  attributable  to the  disposition  of
property held for  investment,  and amounts  treated as gross  portfolio  income
pursuant  to the  passive  loss  rules  less  deductible  expenses  (other  than
interest)   directly   connected  with  the  production  of  investment  income.
Investment  interest  deductions which are disallowed may be carried forward and
deducted  in  subsequent  years to the extent of net  investment  income in such
years.

          In addition, interest expense associated with the purchase and finance
of a Unit may constitute as "qualified residence interest" if (i) a Unit Owner's
personal  use of a Unit  exceeds  the greater of 14 days or 10% of the number of
days it is rented out for a fair  rental in any year,  (ii) the Owner  elects to
treat  the Unit as the Unit  Owner's  second  residence,  and  (iii) the loan is
secured  by the  Unit.  Note that  "qualified  residence  interest"  may only be
claimed by a taxpayer  with  respect to his  principal  residence  and one other
residence used by the taxpayer for personal use.

          Owners who intend to finance the purchase of their Units with borrowed
funds should  consult  their own tax advisors  before  borrowing  such funds and
should maintain careful records of any debt they incur to carry or acquire their
Units,  because the  interest  on such debt may be interest  which is taken into
account under Code Section 469 (passive  activity rules) in computing  income or
loss from a passive  activity,  or under certain  circumstances,  may qualify as
qualified residence interest.


Depreciation / Amortization

          Each Unit Owner will separately determine the applicable allowance for
depreciation  with  respect  to such  Unit and any  tangible  personal  property
associated  with such Unit for any year,  subject to the  limitations  described
above.   Applicable   conventions  for  depreciation   generally   require  that
residential  rental property be depreciated on the  straight-line  basis over 27
1/2 years,  while tangible  personal  property is generally  depreciated  over a
5-year period on an accelerated basis. Section 179 of the Code allows a taxpayer
(other than trusts, estates and certain noncorporate lessors) to expense certain
depreciable  business assets in the year of acquisition by electing to treat the
cost of new property as an expense rather than as a capital  expenditure subject
to depreciation.  The deductions for which the election are made are allowed for
the tax year in which the Section  179  property is placed in service and are in
lieu of a  depreciation  deduction.  Generally,  a taxpayer may elect to expense
only tangible  personal  property under Section 179. The deduction  which may be
taken under Section 179 is subject to yearly dollar limitations;  the limits for
1999 and 2000 are $19,000 and $20,000, respectively.

          Depreciation  deductions  available to a Unit Owner may not exceed the
taxable  income to a Unit  Owner  from the  rental of his Unit.  Each Unit Owner
should  consult  with  his  tax  advisor  to  determine  the   availability   of
depreciation deductions based upon Unit ownership.


Sale of a Unit

          If a Unit is held solely for business  purposes for more than one year
by an owner who is not a dealer with respect to such Unit, gain or loss realized
on the sale of such Unit generally will be considered gain or loss from the sale
of a Section  1231 asset and will be so taken  into  account  in  computing  the
taxpayer's  net Section  1231 gain or loss for the taxable  year.  A net Section
1231 gain generally is treated as a long-term  capital gain, while a net Section
1231 loss is treated as an ordinary loss. Any gain on the sale of a Unit that is
treated as  "unrecaptured  Section  1250 gain"  (essentially,  the  depreciation
claimed with respect to a Unit which is not required to be  recaptured)  will be
taxed at rates  that are  greater  than  the tax rate  applicable  to long  term


                                       48

<PAGE>



capital gains. For example, the maximum rate on long term capital gains realized
by an individual is 20%, while the maximum tax rate on unrecaptured Section 1250
gain  is  25%.  If any  gain  on the  sale  of a Unit  represents  recapture  of
depreciation of personal  property,  that portion of the gain will be taxable as
ordinary income.

          No loss will be allowed in connection with the sale of a Unit held for
personal use. Any gain realized on the sale of a Unit held for personal use will
be a long-term or a short-term capital gain, depending upon whether the Unit was
held for more than one  year.  If a Unit is held  partly  for  personal  use and
partly for business use, an  apportionment  of the gain or loss will be required
and each  portion  will be reported in  accordance  with the  principles  stated
above.

          In the event of a Unit Owner's sale or other  transfer of a Unit,  the
Unit Owner will report all income,  gain, loss, deduction or credit only for the
time period that he owned the Unit.


Possible Changes in Federal Tax Laws

          The Code is subject to change by Congress,  and interpretations of the
Code  may be  modified  or  affected  by  judicial  decisions,  by the  Treasury
Department  through  changes in Regulations and by the Service through its audit
policy,  announcements,  and published and private rulings.  Such changes may be
retroactive. Accordingly, the ultimate effect on an owner's tax situation may be
governed by laws,  regulations or  interpretations  of laws or regulations which
have not yet  been  proposed,  passed  or  made,  as the  case may be.  Although
significant  changes  historically have been given prospective  application,  no
assurance  can be  given  that  any  changes  made in the tax law  affecting  an
investment in a Unit would be limited to prospective effect.


Investment by Foreign Persons

          The rules governing the federal income  taxation of nonresident  alien
individuals,  foreign  corporations,  foreign  partnerships,  and other  foreign
investors ("foreign  persons") are complex,  and no attempt has been made herein
to discuss  such rules.  Potential  investors  that are foreign  persons  should
consult with their tax advisors to fully  determine the impact on them of United
States federal, state and local income tax laws.

          It should be  noted,  however,  that  there is  imposed a  withholding
requirement  on  distributions  of rental  income and  dispositions  of a United
States real  property  interest,  which  includes  United States real estate and
interests in entities, such as partnerships,  holding United States real estate.
Therefore,  distributions  of rental income and  disposition  of the property or
disposition of a Unit will give rise to a withholding requirement.


Corporate Investors

          The tax  consequences  of  ownership  of a Unit by a  corporation  may
differ significantly from the tax rates applicable to individuals.  Code Section
183 (the hobby loss rules) does not apply to corporate owners. Code Section 280A
(limitations on personal use of Units) does not apply to  corporations  that are
not electing S  corporations.  Code Section 469 (the passive loss rules) applies
only to certain closely held C corporations and personal  service  corporations.
However,  deduction of expenses associated with the acquisition and ownership of
a Unit by a  corporation  may be  disallowed  or  restricted  under  other  Code
sections.  Corporations that purchase Units should consult their own tax advisor
regarding  the  application  of Section  274 of the Code,  which  prohibits  the
deduction  of certain  expenses  incurred  with respect to  facilities  used for
entertainment,  amusement or recreation.  There are numerous  issues involved in
corporate  ownership,  and corporations  should obtain tax advice from their own
counsel before purchasing a Unit.


State and Local Taxes

          Presently,  Florida  imposes  no state  income  taxes on  individuals,
partnerships,  or limited  liability  companies  treated as  partnerships  under
Federal law, but it does impose an income tax on all corporations (regardless of

                                       49

<PAGE>



where incorporated) at the rate of 5.5% on the net income deemed to be earned in
Florida.  For this  purpose,  corporate  Unit Owners would be liable for Florida
income tax on their taxable income from the rental of their Units.

          A Unit Owners' taxable income (or loss) from the rental of their Units
may have to be  included in  determining  their  reportable  income for state or
local tax  purposes  in the  jurisdiction  in which  they are  residents  or are
domiciled.  However,  such  state  and  local  income  taxes  will  normally  be
deductible for federal income tax purposes.  Depending upon the applicable state
and local laws,  tax  benefits  which are  available  to Unit Owners for federal
income tax purposes may not be available for state or local income tax purposes.

          Because the state and local income tax liabilities  will vary with the
facts of each Unit Owner's particular circumstances, prospective Unit Owners are
urged to consult  with  their own tax  advisers  regarding  the states and local
income tax consequences of ownership and rental of their Unit.



                                  LEGAL MATTERS

          Ruden  McClosky  Smith  Schuster  & Russell,  P.A.  will pass upon the
validity of the offering of Units for the Company. Prospective owners should not
consider Ruden McClosky Smith Schuster & Russell, P.A. to be their legal counsel
with  respect to this  Offering  or any other  related  matter and are  strongly
encouraged  to seek the advice of qualified and  independent  legal counsel with
respect to entering  any of the  agreements  or contracts  contemplated  by this
Offering and any other related  matters,  including the tax  implications of the
purchase of a Unit. No opinion shall be rendered as to the tax  consequences  of
the purchase or ownership of a Unit.


                                     EXPERTS

          The  balance  sheet of the  Company  dated  as of  December  31,  1998
appearing in this  Prospectus  and  Registration  Statement  has been audited by
Arthur  Anderson  LLP,  independent  auditors,  as set  forth  in  their  report
appearing  elsewhere herein,  and is included in reliance upon such report given
upon the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.


                                      OTHER

          The table on page ___ setting forth the historical  performance of the
competitive  resort  supply  has been  obtained  for the  Company  by  Landauer.
Landauer has expressed no opinion on the  information  presented and has neither
provided any  analysis  with respect  thereto nor  conducted  any audit or other
procedure to independently verify the information.  The conclusions contained in
this Prospectus  regarding the  information  presented are those of the Company.
Landauer are not affiliated  with the Company or associated in any way with this
offering.


                              USE OF SALES MATERIAL

          Sales materials may be used in connection with this Offering only when
accompanied or preceded by the delivery of this Prospectus. Such sales materials
may include a booklet,  slides,  films,  video,  disk "fact"  sheets,  articles,
publications,  and brochures describing the offering,  and the Resort. Units may
be offered only by means of the Prospectus.


                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

          This  Prospectus  may  be   supplemented   or  amended.   For  further
information with respect to the Units offered by this  Prospectus,  reference is
made to the Registration Statement,  including the exhibits thereto.  Statements

                                       50

<PAGE>



contained  in this  Prospectus  as to the  contents  of any  contract  or  other
document referred to are not necessarily complete.  Please obtain and review the
actual agreement for further information.  The Registration Statement,  together
with exhibits  thereto,  may be inspected at the public reference  facilities of
the Commission at 450 Fifth Street,  N.W.,  Room 1024,  Washington,  D.C. 20549,
without charge and copies of the material  contained  therein may be obtained at
prescribed   rates  from  the  Commission's   public  reference   facilities  in
Washington, D.C. The Commission also maintains a Web site that contains reports,
proxy and information  statements and other materials that are filed through the
Commission's Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval system. This Web
site can be accessed at http://www.sec.gov. The Company has filed a registration
statement  which  includes  this  Prospectus  with the  Securities  and Exchange
Commission. This registration statement contains information not included in the
Prospectus,  including  copies  of  most  of  the  agreements  described  in the
Prospectus.

          We cannot  accept your offer to buy a Unit until the SEC  declares the
registration  statement  effective or at any time when the SEC has suspended the
effectiveness of the registration  statement.  Moreover, we cannot offer or sell
the Units in any state until the offer is registered or qualified under the laws
of that state. Units may only be offered by Prospectus.



                                       51

<PAGE>



                                   PROJECTIONS


                              Index to Projections



Document                                                   Page
- --------                                                   ----














                                       P-1

<PAGE>



                              FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


                                           Index to Financial Statements



Document                                                   Page
Report of Independent Certified Public Accountants
                                                           F-2
Balance Sheet as at December 31, 1998                      F-3
Statement of Expenses for the period from inception        F-4
through December 31, 1998
Statement of Changes in Partners' Capital for the          F-5
period from inception through December 31, 1998
Statement of Cash Flows for the period from inception      F-6
through December 31, 1998
Notes to Financial Statements                              F-7



                                       F-1

<PAGE>



================================================================================
                    TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                     Page
                                                     ----
Questions and Answers....................................
Summary..................................................
Risk Factors.............................................
The Resort...............................................
The Golf Courses.........................................
The Lely Resort..........................................
The Resort Industry......................................
Projected Performance                                    
   of the Resort.........................................
The Resort Operator......................................
Management of the Resort.................................
Summary of Condominium
   Declaration and Related
   Documents.............................................
Prior Developments of Ronto..............................
Determination of Purchase Price..........................
Use of Proceeds..........................................
Plan of Distribution.....................................
How to Purchase..........................................
Certain Federal and State
   Income Tax Aspects....................................
Legal Matters............................................
Experts..................................................
Other....................................................
Sales Materials..........................................
Financial Statements..................................F-1
Projections...........................................P-1
Annexes...............................................A-1
                                                         
                                                         
     Until  __________,  1999,  all dealers  that effect  transactions  in these
securities,  whether or not  participating in this offering,  may be required to
deliver a prospectus.  This is in addition to the dealers' obligation to deliver
a  prospectus  when  acting as  underwriters  and with  respect to their  unsold
allotments or subscriptions.
================================================================================
<PAGE>





                          200 Resort Condominium Units
                            Coupled with a Mandatory
                            Rental Program Agreement




                                   ----------
                                   PROSPECTUS
                                   ----------



                           [To Be Determined] Resort
                             and Golf Club of Naples

                              ______________, 1999

================================================================================
<PAGE>








                                       F-3

<PAGE>



                                     PART II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 31.  OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

          The following is an itemization of the  anticipated  cost to the Trust
in  connection  with the  issuance  and  distribution  of the  securities  to be
registered. All amounts, other than the registration fee, are estimates.

Legal:                                          $ *
Advertising, Printing & Promotion Expenses:     $ *
Accounting:                                     $ *
Registration Fees:                              $10,564
                                                 ------
                                                $ *

* To be added by amendment

ITEM 32.  SALES TO SPECIAL PARTIES

          There is no person or class of  persons  to whom any  securities  have
been sold within the past six months,  or are to be sold,  by the  registrant or
security holder for whose account any of the securities  being registered are to
be offered,  at a price varying from that at which  securities of the same class
are to be offered to the general public pursuant to this registration, except as
follows:


ITEM 33.  RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

          No sales of  unregistered  securities  have been made,  other than the
issuance of limited  partnership  interests to certain  affiliates of one of the
general  partners of the  Company at the time of  organization  of the  Company,
which  issuances  are  exempt  from  registration  under  Section  4(2)  of  the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended.


ITEM 34.  INDEMNIFICATION OF EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE MEMBERS AND
                    ADMINISTRATIVE PARTNER

          The governing  provisions of the Partnership  provide  nonliability of
and  indemnification  to the  Executive  Committee  members  and  Administrative
Partner except for (i) acts not reasonably  believed by the acting Partner to be
in the best  interest  of the  Partnership  and  within  the scope of  authority
conferred on such Partner;  (ii) fraud, bad faith,  willful  misconduct or gross
negligence; (iii) the breach by the Partnership of any of its representations or
warranties  made  under  any  purchase,  loan or other  agreement  entered  into
connection with the acquisition of the  Partnership  Property,  which breach was
the result of  information  or matters  relating  to such  Partner;  or (iv) any
liability imposed by Securities Act of 1933. The Partnership  currently provides


                                      II-1

<PAGE>


no insurance coverage for the errors or omissions of Executive Committee members
or the  Administrative  Partner or the officers or  directors  of the  corporate
general  partner  of the  members  of the  general  partner  that  is a  limited
liability company.

          Insofar  as   indemnification   for  liabilities   arising  under  the
Securities  Act may be permitted to directors,  officers or persons  controlling
the company  pursuant to the  foregoing  provisions,  Lely Golf Villas I Limited
Partnership has been informed that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange
Commission  such  indemnification  is against  public policy as expressed in the
Securities Act, and is therefore unenforceable.


ITEM 35.  TREATMENT OF PROCEEDS FROM STOCK BEING REGISTERED

          Assuming that the maximum  number Units offered hereby are sold at the
highest price in the proposed range of prices for each Unit category,  the gross
proceeds from the sale of Units will be approximately  $38,000,000  exclusive of
offering expenses estimated at $ . All of the net proceeds of this offering will
be paid to the Company except for amounts paid in addition to the purchase price
for closing  costs that are payable to third  parties and for the amount paid to
fund the Association reserve. None of the net proceeds representing the purchase
price of the Units will be available to fund operations of the Resort. The total
revenue  less the total  estimated  costs of  $35,500  represent  the  Company's
pre-tax profit and are available to pay management fees to Ronto,  distributions
to the general  partners and their  affiliated  entities and income  taxes.  The
Company will deliver the Units and the amenities  comprising the Resort free and
clear of any and all liens.


ITEM 36.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS

a) List of all financial statements filed as part of this registration statement

          1.      Financial Statements of Lely Golf Villas I Limited Partnership
                  at and for the period  ended  December  31,  1998,  audited by
                  Arthur   Anderson,   L.L.P.,   Independent   Certified  Public
                  Accountants

b)  Exhibit Index

Exhibit No.                Description
- -----------                -----------

3.1                 Agreement of Limited Partnership

3.2                 Certificate of Limited Partnership

5.1                 Opinion of Ruden, McClosky, Smith, Schuster & Russell, P.A.

10.1                Rental Program Agreement



                                      II-2

<PAGE>



10.2                Assignment and Assumption Agreement

10.3                Real Estate Sales Agreement

10.4                Leasehold Mortgage and Security Agreement

10.5                Mortgage and Security Agreement

10.6                License Agreement

10.7                Use and Access Agreement for Lely Golf Villas

10.8                Declaration  of  Condominium  of Fala Bella  Resort and Golf
                    Club Naples

10.9                Articles of  Incorporation of the Fala Bella Resort and Golf
                    Club Naples Condominium Association, Inc.

10.10               Bylaws  of the  Fala  Bella  Resort  and  Golf  Club  Naples
                    Condominium Association, Inc.

10.11               Development Agreement

10.12               Resort Management Agreement

23.1                Consent of Arthur Anderson, L.L.P.

23.2                Consent of Ruden, McClosky, Smith, Schuster & Russell, P.A.

23.3                Consent of Landauer Hospitality Group, Inc.

24.1                Power of Attorney


ITEM 37           UNDERTAKINGS

          The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

          (1) To file,  during  any  period  in which  offers or sales are being
made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

                  (i) To include any prospectus  required by section 10(a)(3) of
the Securities Act of 1933;

                  (ii) To reflect in the  prospectus any facts or events arising
after the  effective  date of the  registration  statement  (or the most  recent


                                      II-3

<PAGE>



post-effective  amendment  thereof)  which,  individually  or in the  aggregate,
represent a fundamental  change in the information set forth in the registration
statement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of
securities  offered (if the total dollar value of  securities  offered would not
exceed that which was  registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of
the estimated  maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus
filed with the  Commission  pursuant  to Rule 424(b) if, in the  aggregate,  the
changes in volume  and price  represent  no more than 20  percent  change in the
maximum  aggregate  offering price set forth in the "Calculation of Registration
Fee" table in the effective registration statement;

                  (iii) To include any material  information with respect to the
plan distribution not previously disclosed in the registration  statement or any
material change to such information in the registration statement;

          (2) That for the  purpose  of  determining  any  liability  under  the
Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be
a registration  statement  relating to the securities  offered therein,  and the
offering of such  securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona
fide offering thereof.

          (3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment
any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of
the offering.

          Insofar  as   indemnification   for  liabilities   arising  under  the
Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors,  officers and  controlling
persons of the registrant  pursuant to the foregoing  provisions,  or otherwise,
the  registrant  has been  advised  that in the  opinion of the  Securities  and
Exchange  Commission such  indemnification is against public policy as expressed
in the Act and is,  therefore,  unenforceable.  In the  event  that a claim  for
indemnification  against  such  liabilities  (other  than  the  payment  by  the
registrant of expenses  incurred or paid by a director,  officer or  controlling
person of the  registrant  in the  successful  defense  of any  action,  suit or
proceeding)  is  asserted by such  director,  officer or  controlling  person in
connection with the securities being registered,  the registrant will, unless in
the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent,
submit  to a  court  of  appropriate  jurisdiction  the  question  whether  such
indemnification  by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will
be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

          The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

          (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act
of 1933, the  information  omitted from the form of prospectus  filed as part of
this  registration  statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form
of  prospectus  filed by the  registrant  pursuant to Rule  424(b)(1)  of (4) or
497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this  registration
statement as of the time it was declared effective.

          (2) For the purpose of determining  any liability under the Securities
Act of 1933,  each  post-effective  amendment that contains a form of prospectus


                                      II-4

<PAGE>



shall be deemed to be a new  registration  statement  relating to the securities
offered  therein,  and the  offering  of such  securities  at that time shall be
deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.


                                      II-5

<PAGE>



                                   SIGNATURES

          Pursuant  to the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act of  1933,  the
registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all
of  the  requirements  for  filing  on  Form  S-11  and  has  duly  caused  this
registration  to be signed  on its  behalf by the  undersigned,  thereunto  duly
authorized, in the City of Naples, State of Florida on March 5, 1999.


                            LELY GOLF VILLAS I LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
                            (Registrant)

                            RONTO GOLF DEVELOPMENTS,
                            INC., a general partner


                             By:   /s/ A. Jack Solomon
                                   -------------------
                                   A. JACK SOLOMON
                                   Chief Executive Officer and
                                   Director of Ronto Golf Developments, Inc., a
                                   General Partner, and member of registrant's
                                   Executive Committee


          Pursuant  to the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act of 1933,  this
Registration  Statement  has been signed below by the  following  persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature                 Title                                   Date
- ---------                 -----                                   ----

                         Chief Executive Officer and Director     March 5, 1999
                         of Ronto Golf Developments, Inc., a
                         General Partner, and member of
/s/A. Jack Solomon       registrant's Executive Committee
- ------------------       
A. JACK SOLOMON


                                      II-6

<PAGE>




                         Managing Member of Westbrook Lely        March 5, 1999
                         Golf Villas I, L.L.C., a General Partner,
                         and member of registrant's
/s/ Richard P. Hoch      Executive Committee
- -------------------      
RICHARD P. HOCH



                         Managing Member of Westbrook Lely         March 5, 1999
                         Golf Villas I, L.L.C., a General Partner,
                         and member of registrant's
                         Executive Committee
- -----------------        
JONATHAN PAUL


                                      II-7

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                  Exhibit Index


Exhibit No.                                              Description                                         Page
- -----------                                              -----------                                         ----
<S>                   <C>                                                                                    <C>      
3.1                   Agreement of Limited Partnership                                                       68
3.2                   Certificate of Limited Partnership                                                      *
5.1                   Opinion of Ruden, McClosky, Smith, Schuster & Russell, P.A.                             *
10.1                  Rental Program Agreement                                                                *
10.2                  Assignment and Assumption Agreement                                                     *
10.3                  Real Estate Sales Agreement                                                             *
10.4                  Leasehold Mortgage and Security Agreement                                               *
10.5                  Mortgage and Security Agreement                                                         *
10.6                  License Agreement                                                                       *
10.7                  Use and Access Agreement for Lely Golf Villas                                           *
10.8                  Declaration of Condominium of Fala Bella Resort and Golf Club                           *
                      Naples
10.9                  Articles of Incorporation of Fala Bella Resort and Golf Club                            *
                      Naples Condominium Association, Inc.
10.10                 Bylaws of Fala Bella Resort and Golf Club Naples                                        *
                      Condominium Association, Inc.
10.11                 Development Agreement                                                                   *
10.12                 Resort Management Agreement                                                             *
23.1                  Consent of Arthur Anderson, Certified Public Accountants                                *
23.2                  Consent of Ruden, McClosky, Smith, Schuster & Russell, P.A.                             *
23.3                  Consent of Landauer Hospitality Group, Inc.                                             *
24.1                  Power of Attorney                                                                       *
                                                                                                        
                                                                                                        

*   To be filed by amendment
</TABLE>

                                      II-8

<PAGE>











                        AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP


                                       OF


                     LELY GOLF VILLAS I LIMITED PARTNERSHIP



                           Dated as of March __, 1998









                                      II-9

<PAGE>


       I. DEFINED TERMS.................................................1
   1.01   Defined Terms.................................................1
   1.02   Other Defined Terms..........................................11

       II. ORGANIZATION................................................11
   2.01   Formation....................................................11
   2.02   Name and Principal Place of Business.........................13
   2.03   Term.........................................................13
   2.04   Registered Agent and Registered Office.......................13
   2.05   Purpose......................................................13
   2.06   Modifications to Structure...................................14

       III. CAPITAL....................................................17
   3.01   Contribution of Certain Property.............................17
   3.02   Capital Contributions........................................18
   3.03   Capital Accounts.............................................23
   3.04   No Further Capital Contributions.............................24

       IV. INTERESTS IN THE PARTNERSHIP................................24
   4.01   Percentage Interests.........................................24
   4.02   Return of Capital............................................24
   4.03   Ownership....................................................24
   4.04   Waiver of Partition; Nature of Interests
       in the Partnership..............................................24

       V. ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS................................25
   5.01   Allocations..................................................25
   5.02   Compliance with Section 704(b)...............................26
   5.03   Payment of Certain Obligations...............................27
   5.04   Distributions................................................28
   5.05   Distributions in Liquidation.................................30
   5.06   Tax Matters..................................................30
   5.07   Tax Matters Partner..........................................31
   5.08   Section 704(c)...............................................31

       VI. MANAGEMENT..................................................31
   6.01   Management...................................................31
   6.02   Members of the Executive Committee...........................37
   6.03   Administrative Partner.......................................38
   6.04   Services and Fees............................................42
   6.05   Duties and Conflicts.........................................43
   6.06   Partnership Expenses.........................................44

       VII. SALE AND DEFAULT BUY-SELL PROVISIONS.......................44


                                       (i)

<PAGE>



    7.01  First Offer..................................................44
    7.02  Sale of Property.............................................46
    7.03  Default Buy-Sell.............................................47
    7.04  Termination of Other Agreements..............................49
    7.05  Power of Attorney............................................49

VIII.  BOOKS AND RECORDS...............................................50
    8.01  Books and Records............................................50
    8.02  Accounting and Fiscal Year...................................50
    8.03  Reports......................................................51
    8.04  The Partnership Accountant...................................53
    8.05  Reserves.....................................................53
    8.06  The Budget and Operating Plan................................54

IX.  TRANSFER OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS.................................55
    9.01  No Transfer..................................................55
    9.02  Permitted Transfers..........................................55
    9.03  Transferees..................................................57
    9.04  Section 754 Election.........................................58

X.  EXCULPATION AND INDEMNIFICATION....................................58
    10.01 Exculpation..................................................58
    10.02 Indemnification..............................................58

XI.  TERMINATION.......................................................60
     11.01     Dissolution.............................................60
     11.02     Termination.............................................61
     11.03     Liquidating Partner.....................................62

XII.  DEFAULT BY PARTNER...............................................63
     12.01     Events of Default.......................................63
     12.02     Effect of Event of Default..............................63

XIII.  MISCELLANEOUS...................................................64
     13.01     Representations and Warranties of
                    the Partners.......................................64
     13.02     Further Assurances......................................65
     13.03     Notices.................................................65
     13.04     Governing Law...........................................66
     13.05     Attorney Fees...........................................66
     13.06     Captions................................................67
     13.07     Pronouns................................................67
     13.08     Successors and Assigns..................................67
     13.09     Extension Not a Waiver..................................67
     13.10     Creditors Not Benefited.................................67


                                      (ii)

<PAGE>

   13.11       Recalculation of Interest...............................67
   13.12       Severability............................................68
   13.13       Entire Agreement........................................68
   13.14       Publicity...............................................68
   13.15       Counterparts............................................68
   13.16       Confidentiality.........................................69
   13.17       Venue...................................................70
   13.18       Waiver of Jury Trial....................................70


                                      (iii)

<PAGE>



                        AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

           THIS AGREEMENT OF LIMITED  PARTNERSHIP (this "Agreement") is made and
entered  into as of March __,  1998 by and among  Westbrook  Lely Golf Villas I,
L.L.C. (the "Westbrook General  Partner"),  a Delaware limited liability company
and an  Affiliate  of  Westbrook  Real  Estate Fund II,  L.P.  ("Westbrook"),  a
Delaware limited  partnership,  and Ronto Golf Developments,  Inc. ("Ronto"),  a
Florida corporation,  as the general partners (the Westbrook General Partner and
Ronto are sometimes  referred to herein  individually as a "General Partner" and
collectively as the "General Partners"); and Westbrook and Westbrook Real Estate
Co-Investment  Partnership II, L.P. ("WRECIP"),  a Delaware limited partnership,
as the limited partners  (Westbrook and WRECIP are sometimes  referred to herein
individually   as  a  "Limited   Partner"  and   collectively  as  the  "Limited
Partners")(the   General   Partners  and  the  Limited  Partners  are  sometimes
collectively referred to herein as the "Partners").

           WHEREAS,  the Partnership (as hereinafter  defined) was formed by the
General Partners  pursuant to a Certificate of Limited  Partnership of Lely Golf
Villas I Limited Partnership,  dated as of February 12, 1998, and filed with the
Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on February 12, 1998;

           NOW, THEREFORE, the Partners hereby agree as follows:

33.    DEFINED TERMS

                  a.       Defined  Terms.  As  used  in  this  Agreement,   the
                           following terms have the meanings set forth below:

                  "AAA"    has the meaning set forth in Section 2.06(b).

                  "Additional Capital Contribution" has the meaning set forth in
Section 3.02(g).

                  "Adjusted  Capital Account Balance" means, with respect to any
Partner for any period,  the balance,  if any, in such Partner's Capital Account
as of the end of such period, after giving effect to the following adjustments:

                           (a) Credit to such  Capital  Account any amounts that
                  such Partner is obligated to restore or is deemed obligated to
                  restore as described in the penultimate sentence of Treasury

                                        1

<PAGE>



                  Regulation  Section  1.704-2(g)(1) and in Treasury  Regulation
                  Section 1.704-2(i); and

                           (b) Debit to such Capital Account the items described
                  in Treasury Regulation Sections  1.704-l(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4),  (5)
                  and (6).

           "Adjusted Capital Account Deficit" means, with respect to any Partner
for any fiscal year,  the deficit  balance,  if any, in such  Partner's  Capital
Account as of the end of such fiscal year,  after giving effect to the following
adjustments:

                           (a) Credit to such  Capital  Account any amounts that
                  such Partner is obligated to restore or is deemed obligated to
                  restore as described in the  penultimate  sentence of Treasury
                  Regulation  Section  1.704-2(g)(1) and in Treasury  Regulation
                  Section 1.704-2(i); and

                           (b) Debit to such Capital Account the items described
                  in Treasury Regulation Sections  1.704-l(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4),  (5)
                  and (6).

           "Administrative  Partner"  has  the  meaning  set  forth  in  Section
6.03(a).

           "Adverse Change" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.06(a).

           "Affiliate"  means, with respect to any Person,  (a) any other Person
directly or indirectly controlling,  controlled by, or under common control with
such Person,  or (b) any other Person owning or  controlling  10% or more of the
outstanding  voting  interests  of such Person,  or (c) any  officer,  director,
general partner or managing member of such Person, or (d) any other Person which
is an officer,  director,  general partner,  managing member or holder of 10% or
more of the voting  interests  of any other  Person  described  in  clauses  (a)
through (c) of this definition.

           "Agreement" has the meaning set forth in the  introductory  paragraph
hereof.

           "Asset Management  Services" means (a) the services  performed by the
Administrative  Partner  pursuant to and as provided in this  Agreement  and all
actions   contemplated   in  the  day-to-day   management  of  the   Partnership


                                        2

<PAGE>



contemplated  under the Budget  and  Operating  Plan and (b) all other  services
requested from time to time by the Executive Committee.

           "Book Basis" means, with respect to any asset of the Partnership, the
adjusted basis of such asset for federal income tax purposes; provided, however,
(a) if any asset is  contributed to the  Partnership,  the initial Book Basis of
such asset shall equal its fair market  value on the date of  contribution,  and
(b) if the Capital  Accounts of the Partners  are adjusted  pursuant to Treasury
Regulation  Section  1.704-1(b) to reflect the fair market value of any asset of
the  Partnership,  the Book Basis of such asset  shall be  adjusted to equal its
respective  fair market value as of the time of such  adjustment  in  accordance
with such Treasury  Regulation.  The Book Basis of all assets of the Partnership
shall be adjusted  thereafter by depreciation as provided in Treasury Regulation
Section  1.704-l(b)(2)(iv)(g)  and any  other  adjustment  to the  basis of such
assets other than depreciation or amortization.

           "Budget"  means the budget  covering  the  Partnership's  anticipated
operations  approved by the Executive  Committee and in effect from time to time
pursuant to Section 8.06.

           "Capital  Account"  means the separate  account  maintained  for each
Partner under Section 3.03.

           "Capital Call" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(d).

           "Capital  Contribution"  means,  with  respect  to any  Partner,  any
Initial Capital  Contribution or Additional  Capital  Contribution  made by such
Partner to the Partnership pursuant to this Agreement.

           "Certificate of Limited Partnership" has the meaning set
forth in Section 2.01.

           "Closing Date" has the meaning set forth in Section 7.01(b).

           "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

           "Confidential Information" has the meaning set forth in
Section 13.16(a).

           "Construction   Loan"  means  the  loan  or  loans  obtained  by  the
Partnership for the Partnership to finance the construction of the Project.



                                        3

<PAGE>



           "Contributing Partners" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(i).

           "Default Buy-Sell Offer" has the meaning set forth in Section 7.03.

           "Default Election" has the meaning set forth in Section 7.03(b).

           "Delaware Act" means the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership
Act, as amended from time to time.

           "Deposit" has the meaning set forth in Section 7.01(a).

           "Development  Agreement" means that certain Development  Agreement of
even date by and between the Partnership and Ronto.

           "Dilution Percentage" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(i).

           "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended from time to time.

           "Event of Default" has the meaning set forth in Section 12.01.

           "Executive   Committee"  means  the  committee  formed  and  operated
pursuant to Section 6.01.

           "Expenses"  means,  for  any  period,  the  sum  of the  total  gross
expenditures  of the  Partnership  during such  period,  including  (a) all cash
operating  expenses  (including all fees,  commissions,  expenses and allowances
paid or  reimbursed  to any  Partner or any of its  Affiliates  pursuant  to any
property management agreement or otherwise as permitted hereunder), (b) all debt
service payments of the Partnership  including debt service on loans made to the
Partnership by the Partners or any of their Affiliates,  (c) all expenditures by
the Partnership which are treated as capital expenditures (as distinguished from
expense deductions) under generally accepted accounting principles, (d) all real
estate taxes,  personal property taxes and sales taxes, (e) all increases to the
Partnership's   Reserve  accounts  and  (f)  all  expenditures  related  to  any
acquisition, sale, disposition,  financing, refinancing or securitization of any
Partnership Property; provided, however, that Expenses shall not include (i) any


                                        4

<PAGE>



payment or  expenditure  to the  extent  (A) the  sources or funds used for such
payment or  expenditure  are not  included in  Revenues  or (B) such  payment or
expenditure  is  paid  out of any  Partnership  reserve  account,  or  (ii)  any
expenditure properly attributable to the liquidation of the Partnership.

           "Expiration Offer" has the meaning set forth in Section 9.02(b).

           "First Offer Notice" has the meaning set forth in Section 7.01.

           "General  Partner" means the Westbrook  General  Partner or Ronto, so
long as each remains a general partner of the  Partnership,  or any other Person
who is admitted as a general  partner of the Partnership in accordance with this
Agreement and applicable law.

           "Golf Rights" means those rights  granted to the  Partnership by Golf
Enterprises, Inc. in that certain Use and Access Agreement for Lely Golf Villas.

           "Initial  Budget and  Operating  Plan" has the  meaning  set forth in
Section 8.06.

           "Initial Capital  Contribution"  means,  with respect to any Partner,
any capital  contribution  made by such Partner pursuant to Sections 3.02(a) and
(b).

           "Interest"  means,  with  respect  to any  Partner  at any time,  the
interest of such Partner in the Partnership at such time, including the right of
such  Partner  to any and all of the  benefits  to  which  such  Partner  may be
entitled as provided in this  Agreement,  together with the  obligations of such
Partner to comply with all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

           "Letter of Credit  Reimbursement" means an annual amount equal to 10%
of the  undrawn  amount  of any  Letter  of  Credit  provided  by  Westbrook  in
connection with any Construction Loan, compounded quarterly.

           "Limited  Partner" means Westbrook or WRECIP, so long as each remains
a limited partner of the  Partnership,  or any other Person who is admitted as a
limited  partner  of the  Partnership  in  accordance  with this  Agreement  and
applicable law.


                                        5

<PAGE>



           "Liquidating Partner" means the General Partner designated as such by
the Executive  Committee;  provided,  however, a General Partner that causes the
dissolution  of the  Partnership  under Section  11.01(g) or 11.01(h)  shall not
serve as the Liquidating Partner.

           "Loss" means, for each taxable year or other period,  an amount equal
to the Partnership's  items of taxable deduction and loss for such year or other
period,  determined in accordance with Section 703(a) of the Code (including all
items of loss or  deduction  required  to be  stated  separately  under  Section
703(a)(1) of the Code), with the following adjustments:

                  (a) Any  expenditures of the Partnership  described in Section
           705(a)(2)(B)   of  the  Code  or  treated  as  Section   705(a)(2)(B)
           expenditures under Treasury Regulation Section  1.704-l(b)(2)(iv)(i),
           and not  otherwise  taken into  account in  computing  Loss,  will be
           considered an item of Loss;

                  (b)  Loss  resulting  from  any   disposition  of  Partnership
           Property with respect to which gain or lose is recognized for federal
           income tax  purposes  will be computed by reference to the Book Basis
           of such property, notwithstanding that the adjusted tax basis of such
           property may differ from its Book Basis;

                  (c) In lieu  of  depreciation,  amortization  and  other  cost
           recovery deductions taken into account in computing taxable income or
           loss,  there will be taken into account  depreciation for the taxable
           year or other  period  as  determined  in  accordance  with  Treasury
           Regulation Section 1.704- 1(b)(2)(iv)(g);

                  (d)      Any items of deduction and loss specially allocated
           pursuant to Section 5.08 shall not be considered in
           determining Loss; and

                  (e) Any  decrease  to  capital  accounts  as a  result  of any
           adjustment  to the  Book  Basis of  Partnership  assets  pursuant  to
           Treasury  Regulation  Section   1.704-l(b)(2)(iv)(f)   or  (g)  shall
           constitute an item of Loss.

           "Major Decision" has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01(a).



                                        6

<PAGE>



           "Make-Up Contribution" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(i).

           "Necessary   Expenses"   has  the   meaning   set  forth  in  Section
6.03(b)(iii).

           "Net Cash Flow" means, for any period, the excess of (a) Revenues for
such period, over (b) Expenses for such period.

           "Net Loss" means, for any period,  the excess of Losses over Profits,
if  applicable,  for such  period  determined  without  regard to any Profits or
Losses allocated pursuant to Section 5.02.

           "Net  Profit"  means,  for any  period,  the excess of  Profits  over
Losses, if applicable,  for such period determined without regard to any Profits
or Losses allocated pursuant to Section 5.02.

           "Non-Contributing  Partner"  has the  meaning  set  forth in  Section
3.02(i).

           "Nonrecourse  Deductions"  has the  meaning  set  forth  in  Treasury
Regulation Section 1.704-2.

           "Notices" has the meaning set forth in Section 13.03.

           "Offered Price" has the meaning set forth in Section 7.01.

           "Operating Plan" means the strategic and comprehensive operating plan
covering the  Partnership's  anticipated  operations  approved by the  Executive
Committee and in effect from time to time pursuant to Section 8.06.

           "Partially  Adjusted  Capital  Account"  means,  with  respect to any
Partner for any fiscal year, the Capital  Account balance of such Partner at the
beginning of such year, adjusted for all contributions and distributions  during
such year and all special  allocations  pursuant to Section 5.02 with respect to
such year but before giving effect to any  allocations of Net Profit or Net Loss
pursuant to Section 5.01 for such fiscal year.

           "Partner" means any General Partner, any Limited Partner or any other
Person who is admitted as a partner of the  Partnership in accordance  with this
Agreement and applicable law.



                                        7

<PAGE>



           "Partner Minimum Gain" means the Partnership's  "partner  nonrecourse
debt minimum gain" as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(2).

           "Partner  Nonrecourse  Debt" has the  meaning  set forth in  Treasury
Regulation Section 1.704-2(b)(4).

           "Partner  Nonrecourse  Deductions"  has  the  meaning  set  forth  in
Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(2).

           "Partnership" means the limited partnership  governed by the terms of
this Agreement.

           "Partnership Accountant" has the meaning set forth in Section 8.04.

           "Partnership  Minimum  Gain" has the  meaning  set forth in  Treasury
Regulation Section 1.704-2(d).

           "Partnership  Property" means any real estate asset or other property
(real,  personal  or mixed)  owned by or leased to the  Partnership,  including,
without limitation, the Property.

           "Percentage Interest" means (a) with respect to the Westbrook General
Partner,  1%, (b) with respect to Ronto,  25%,  (c) with  respect to  Westbrook,
65.95351%,  and (d) with  respect to WRECIP,  8.04649%,  in each case subject to
adjustment as provided in this Agreement.

           "Person"  means any  individual,  partnership,  corporation,  limited
liability company, trust or other entity.

           "Plan Asset  Rules"  means the plan asset rules of ERISA at 29 C.F.R.
2510.3-101.

           "Profit"  means,  for each  taxable year or other  period,  an amount
equal to the  Partnership's  items of  taxable  income and gain for such year or
other  period,  determined  in  accordance  with  Section  703(a)  of  the  Code
(including all items of income and gain required to be stated  separately  under
Section 703(a)(1) of the Code), with the following adjustments:



                                        8

<PAGE>



                  (a) Any income of the Partnership  that is exempt from federal
           income tax and not otherwise  taken into account in computing  Profit
           or Loss will be added to taxable income or loss;

                  (b)  Gain  resulting  from  any   disposition  of  Partnership
           Property with respect to which gain or loss is recognized for federal
           income tax  purposes  will be computed by reference to the Book Basis
           of such property, notwithstanding that the adjusted tax basis of such
           property may differ from its Book Basis;

                  (c) Any items  specially  allocated  pursuant to Section  5.08
           shall not be considered in determining Profit; and

                  (d) Any  increase  to  capital  accounts  as a  result  of any
           adjustment  to the  book  value of  Partnership  assets  pursuant  to
           Treasury  Regulation  Section   1.704-l(b)(2)(iv)(f)   or  (g)  shall
           constitute an item of Profit.

           "Project"  means: (i) the acquisition and development of the Property
by  the  Partnership  for  the  purpose  of  constructing,  developing,  owning,
improving and selling  residential  condominiums  within the Lely Golf Resort in
Naples,  Florida,  in accordance  with the Budget,  Operating Plan and plans and
specifications approved by the Executive Committee;  (ii) the acquisition of the
Rental Program Rights; and (iii) the acquisition of the Golf Rights.

           "Property"  means the real property  described in Exhibit 1.01A to be
acquired by the Partnership in connection with the Project and all buildings and
improvements to be developed and constructed  thereon and all personal  property
used in connection  therewith and all other tangible and  intangible  assets and
property  of  every  kind  and  description  owned  from  time  to  time  by the
Partnership and related to the Project.

           "Purchase Agreement" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01.

           "Qualifying Purchase and Sale Agreement" has the meaning set forth in
Section 7.02.

           "Reasonable  Period" means, with respect to any defaulting Partner, a
period of 15 calendar days after such defaulting Partner receives written notice
of its default from a non-defaulting  Partner;  provided,  however, that if such
breach  consists of other than an obligation to make a Capital  Contribution  or


                                        9

<PAGE>



otherwise pay money to the  Partnership  and such breach can be cured but cannot
reasonably be cured within such 15-day  period,  the period shall  continue,  if
such defaulting  Partner commences to cure the breach within such 15-day period,
for so  long  as such  defaulting  Partner  diligently  prosecutes  the  cure to
completion up to a maximum of 45 calendar days.

           "Regulatory  Allocations"  has  the  meaning  set  forth  in  Section
5.02(g).

           "Rental  Program  Rights"  means  those  certain  rights to operate a
rental program granted by the purchasers of the condominium units in the Project
to the Partnership.

           "Reserves"  means,  with  respect to any fiscal  period,  amounts set
aside during such period as and for reserves in amounts deemed sufficient by the
Executive Committee, in their reasonable judgment, or as set forth in any Budget
approved by the Executive Committee,  for acquisition costs of the Property, for
working capital and to pay taxes,  insurance,  debt service (including,  without
limitations,  any balloon  payments due under any loan),  replacements,  capital
improvements  or repairs,  contingent  liabilities  or other costs and  expenses
incident to the  Partnership  and the ownership or operation of the Property and
the Partnership.

           "Response Period" has the meaning set forth in Section 7.01(a).

           "Revenues" means, for any period,  the sum of the total cash receipts
of the Partnership during such period, including all receipts of the Partnership
from the  ownership,  operation  or sale of all or any portion of the  Property,
including,  without  limitation,  (i) all deposits  for the sale of  condominium
units of the  Property  when used in  connection  with the Property as permitted
under  applicable  law  or  applied  in  payment  of  the  purchase  price  of a
condominium  unit,  whichever occurs first, and all other proceeds from the sale
of  condominium  units of the Property or the use or occupancy of the  Property,
(ii) all interest  earned on deposits for the sale of condominium  units and not
paid or  payable to the  purchasers  of such  condominium  units and any and all
operating  and other bank  accounts,  (iii) all rent and other sums paid for the
use or  occupancy  of all or any  portion of the  Property,  including,  without
limitation,  any  license or other fees for the use or  occupancy  of all or any
portion of the Property,  including,  without  limitation,  any license or other


                                       10

<PAGE>



fees for the use or occupancy of any  supplemental  quarters or storage space at
the  Property,   revenue  from  any  food,  beverage  or  other  concessions  or
facilities, revenue from any recreational or fitness facilities and revenue from
any parking facilities, (iv) amounts received for management,  administrative or
other  similar  services,  (v) amounts  received in  connection  with any cable,
security or any other  system  provided  to all or any portion of the  Property,
(vi)  insurance  proceeds or  condemnation  awards;  (vii)  proceeds of business
interruption  insurance,  (viii)  damages  or  other  settlement  proceeds  from
litigation and (ix) all proceeds of any loan; provided,  however,  that Revenues
shall not include any revenue or receipt realized by the Partnership incident to
the liquidation of the Partnership.

           "Ronto"  has the  meaning  set  forth in the  introductory  paragraph
hereof.

           "Sales Period" has the meaning set forth in Section 7.01(a).

           "Shortfall" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(g).

           "Target  Account"  means,  with respect to any Partner for any fiscal
year,  the excess of (a) an amount (which may be either a positive  balance or a
negative balance) equal to the hypothetical  distribution (or contribution) such
Partner  would  receive  (or  contribute)  if all  assets  of  the  Partnership,
including  cash,  were sold for cash  equal to their  Book  Basis  (taking  into
account any adjustments to Book Basis for such year), all liabilities  allocable
to such assets were then  satisfied  according  to their  terms  (limited,  with
respect to each nonrecourse liability,  to the Book Basis of the assets securing
such  liability)  and all  remaining  proceeds  from such sale were  distributed
pursuant to Section  5.04 over (b) the amount of  Partnership  Minimum  Gain and
Partner  Minimum Gain that would be charged  back to such Partner as  determined
pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2 immediately prior to such sale.

           "Transfer" has the meaning set forth in Section 9.01.

           "Treasury Regulation means, with respect to any referenced provision,
such  provision  of the  regulations  of the  United  States  Department  of the
Treasury or any successor provision.

           "UBTI" means unrelated business taxable income.

           "U.S. GAAP" has the meaning set forth in Section 8.01.


                                       11

<PAGE>



           "Valuation  Agent"  has the  meaning  set forth in  Section  2.06(b).
"Venture Coordinator" has the meaning set forth in Section 6.03(f).

           "Westbrook" has the meaning set forth in the  introductory  paragraph
hereof.

           "Westbrook  General  Partner"  has  the  meaning  set  forth  in  the
introductory paragraph hereof.

           "Westbrook Loan" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(e).

           "Westbrook Note" means the Note in substantially  the form of Exhibit
1.01B.

           "Westbrook   Pledge   Agreement"   means  the  Pledge   Agreement  in
substantially the form of Exhibit 1.01C.

           "Westbrook  Partner  Group"  means  the  Westbrook  General  Partner,
Westbrook, WRECIP and their respective permitted successors and assigns.

           "WRECIP"  has the  meaning  set forth in the  introductory  paragraph
hereof.

           "WRECIP Loan" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(e).

           "WRECIP  Note"  means the Note in  substantially  the form of Exhibit
1.01D.

           b.     Other  Defined  Terms.  As  used  in  this  Agreement,  unless
                  otherwise specified, (a) all references to Sections, Articles,
                  Exhibits or Schedules are to Sections,  Articles,  Exhibits or
                  Schedules  of or to this  Agreement,  and (b) each  accounting
                  term has the meaning  assigned to it in accordance with United
                  States generally accepted accounting principles.

           34.    ORGANIZATION

           a.     Formation. The Partnership was formed as a limited partnership
                  under  the  Delaware  Act by the  filing of a  certificate  of
                  limited  partnership of the Partnership  (the  "Certificate of
                  Limited  Partnership") in the office of the Secretary of State
                  

                                       12

<PAGE>



                  of  Delaware.  The  Partners  hereby  agree  to  continue  the
                  Partnership  pursuant to this  Agreement  for the purposes and
                  upon the terms  and  conditions  hereinafter  set  forth.  The
                  General  Partners  shall  be  authorized  to  file  with  such
                  authorities  as may be required any and all  amendments to the
                  Certificate  of Limited  Partnership  as may be required under
                  the Delaware Act.

                  b.       Name and Principal Place of Business.

                           i.       The name of the  Partnership is set forth on
                                    the  cover  page  to  this  Agreement.   The
                                    Executive  Committee  may change the name of
                                    the  Partnership  or  adopt  such  trade  or
                                    fictitious  names for use by the Partnership
                                    as the Executive  Committee may from time to
                                    time   determine.   All   business   of  the
                                    Partnership  shall be  conducted  under such
                                    name, and title to all Partnership  Property
                                    shall be held in such name.

                           ii.      The  principal  place of business and office
                                    of the  Partnership  shall be located at the
                                    offices  of  Ronto at 3185  Horseshoe  Drive
                                    South,  Naples,  Florida  34104,  or at such
                                    other  place  or  places  as  the  Executive
                                    Committee may from time to time designate.

                  c.       Term.  The term of the  Partnership  commenced on the
                           date of the  filing  of the  Certificate  of  Limited
                           Partnership  pursuant to the  Delaware  Act and shall
                           continue  until  December  31,  2048,  unless  sooner
                           terminated  or  further  extended   pursuant  to  the
                           provisions   of  this   Agreement  by  the  Executive
                           Committee.

                  d.       Registered Agent and Registered  Office.  The name of
                           the  Partnership's  registered  agent for  service of
                           process shall be The Corporation  Trust Company,  and
                           the address of the Partnership's registered agent and
                           the address of the Partnership's registered office in
                           the State of Delaware  shall be 1209  Orange  Street,
                           Wilmington,  Delaware  19801.  Such  agent  and  such
                           office  may be  changed  from  time  to  time  by the
                           Executive Committee.

                  e.       Purpose.

                           i.       The purpose of the Partnership shall be:

                           (1)        To enter into and perform its  obligations
                                      and   exercise   its   rights   under  the
                                      agreement  to  acquire  the  Property  and
                                      develop   the   Project,   and  any  other
                                      

                                       13

<PAGE>



                                     agreements or contracts contemplated by the
                                     foregoing,  including,  without limitation,
                                     to acquire and realize  upon (A) the Rental
                                     Program Rights and (B) the Golf Rights.

                           (2)        To acquire, own, manage, develop, operate,
                                      improve, repair, finance,  refinance, sell
                                      and otherwise deal with and dispose of the
                                      Property; and

                           (3)        To conduct all activities reasonably
                                      necessary or desirable to accomplish the
                                      foregoing purposes.

                           ii.      The  Partnership  shall  not  engage  in any
                                    other  business  or  activity   without  the
                                    approval of the Executive Committee.

                  f.       Modifications to Structure.

                           i.       In  order to  qualify  and/or  preserve  the
                                    status    of    Westbrook,    WRECIP,    the
                                    Partnership,  or any  entity  in  which  the
                                    Partners  and/or  the  Partnership  owns  an
                                    interest  and which owns any  portion of the
                                    Property,  as an "operating  company"  under
                                    the  Plan   Asset   Rules,   to  avoid   the
                                    imposition  of a corporate tax on any income
                                    of the Westbrook General Partner,  WRECIP or
                                    Westbrook, or to minimize the effects of any
                                    UBTI on Westbrook,  WRECIP and its partners,
                                    Ronto  agrees to  consent  to  modifications
                                    required  from time to time by the Westbrook
                                    Partner  Group,  to be based  upon a written
                                    opinion   of   the   Partnership's   or  the
                                    Westbrook   Partner  Group's  tax  or  ERISA
                                    counsel,  due to a change in applicable law,
                                    to the structure of the  Partnership  and/or
                                    the   Partnership's   investments   in,  and
                                    ownership  of  the  Property  and/or  to the
                                    terms of this Agreement,  including, without
                                    limitation,  the  capital  contribution  and
                                    allocation and  distribution  provisions set
                                    forth in Articles  III and V, if in any case
                                    the   modifications   will  not   materially
                                    adversely  affect  the  aggregate  amount or
                                    timing of capital contributions,  payment of
                                    fees,  distributions  of Net  Cash  Flow and
                                    liquidation   proceeds   or  the   aggregate
                                    allocations  of  Profits  and  Losses or the
                                    replacement   of  Ronto  as   Administrative
                                    Partner  with  an  Affiliate  of  Westbrook;
                                    provided, however, that if the modifications
                                    do adversely  affect the aggregate amount or
                                    timing  of   capital   contributions,   fees
                                    payable  or  distributions  of Net Cash Flow
                                    and  liquidation  proceeds or the  aggregate
                                    allocations   of  Profits   and  Losses  (an


                                       14

<PAGE>


                                    "Adverse Change"), the provisions of Section
                                    2.06(b)   shall   apply.   Subject   to  and
                                    specifically  limited by the foregoing,  any
                                    such   modification  may  include,   without
                                    limitation, the formation by the Partners of
                                    other    limited    liability     companies,
                                    partnerships, corporations or other entities
                                    (including, without limitation, corporations
                                    and  trusts  that  qualify  as  real  estate
                                    investment  trusts under  Section 856 of the
                                    Code) to be owned by the  Partners  or their
                                    Affiliates  and which  will own a portion of
                                    the  Property.   In  any  such  event,   the
                                    Partnership and such other entities shall be
                                    treated as a single  partnership  entity for
                                    federal  income tax purposes and the amounts
                                    distributable  to,  the  Profits  and Losses
                                    allocable  to,  the  capital   contributions
                                    required   to   be   contributed   by,   the
                                    maintenance  of  Capital  Accounts,  and the
                                    buy-sell rights and obligations  pursuant to
                                    this  Agreement  and the  organic  documents
                                    governing   such  other  entities  shall  be
                                    calculated,  determined  and  applied  on an
                                    aggregate  basis as if the  entire  Property
                                    were owned by the  Partnership  pursuant  to
                                    this  Agreement  as in  effect  on the  date
                                    hereof  unless the  Westbrook  Partner Group
                                    determines in its sole  discretion that such
                                    provisions  must be  calculated,  determined
                                    and applied on an entity by entity basis and
                                    not on an  aggregate  basis  to  qualify  or
                                    preserve  the  status  of   Westbrook,   the
                                    Partnership  or  any  entity  in  which  the
                                    Partners  and/or  the  Partnership  owns  an
                                    interest  and which owns any  portion of the
                                    Property as an operating  company  under the
                                    Plan Asset Rules.  If the Westbrook  Partner
                                    Group  determines  that such provisions must
                                    be calculated,  determined and applied on an
                                    entity by entity  basis and not an aggregate
                                    basis,  the  Partners  agree to negotiate in
                                    good  faith  modifications  to the  terms of
                                    this Agreement and to the organic  documents
                                    governing  such  other  entities  so  as  to
                                    preserve as nearly as  possible  without any
                                    material  adverse  affect  to Ronto the same
                                    overall   economic   benefits   and  burdens
                                    relating  to the  entire  Property  as exist
                                    under  this  Agreement  as in  effect on the
                                    date hereof; provided,  however, that if the
                                    modifications  do cause an  Adverse  Change,
                                    the  provisions  of  Section  2.06(b)  shall
                                    apply.  Ronto agrees to  cooperate  with the
                                    Westbrook  Partner  Group  and  to  execute,
                                    acknowledge,   deliver,   file,  record  and
                                    publish all such  documents,  agreements and
                                    instruments  and to do all such  other  acts
                                    and things as the  Westbrook  Partner  Group
                                    determines  are   reasonably   necessary  to
                                    implement  the  foregoing,  subject  to  the
                                    limitations  set forth in the first sentence
                                    of this Section. The Westbrook Partner Group
                                    shall bear all costs and  expenses  incurred
                                    in  connection  with  any  transfers  of the
                                    Property and the formation of any additional
                                    entities to own any portion of the  Property
                                    in  connection  with  any of the  foregoing,
                                    including the  reasonable  fees and expenses


                                       15

<PAGE>



                                    of Ronto's legal counsel and other  advisors
                                    in   connection   with   any   modifications
                                    consummated pursuant to this Section 2.06.

                           ii.      In the  event of an  Adverse  Change,  Ronto
                                    shall  notify the  Westbrook  Partner  Group
                                    thereof in writing  including an estimate of
                                    the  economic  value of the  Adverse  Change
                                    incurred and  anticipated  to be incurred by
                                    Ronto.   If  the   Partners  are  unable  to
                                    mutually   agree  upon  the  amount  thereof
                                    within 30 days,  the  value of such  Adverse
                                    Change shall be  determined by the following
                                    valuation  procedure,  including the present
                                    value  of  any   changes  in   timing.   The
                                    Westbrook  Partner  Group and  Ronto  shall,
                                    within 10 days after the  expiration  of the
                                    foregoing 30-day period, mutually agree on a
                                    independent   third  party  (the  "Valuation
                                    Agent") to determine  the economic  value to
                                    Ronto   arising  from  the  Adverse   Change
                                    resulting from a  modification  described in
                                    Section 2.06(a).  If the Partners are unable
                                    to agree on a  Valuation  Agent  within such
                                    10-day period,  the Valuation Agent shall be
                                    appointed by a retired judge selected by the
                                    Partners  from a panel  presented by the New
                                    York  office  of  the  American  Arbitration
                                    Association  ("AAA").  If the  Partners  are
                                    unable to agree,  AAA will provide a list of
                                    three available retired judges,  and each of
                                    the  Westbrook  Partner  Group and Ronto may
                                    strike one of the available  retired judges.
                                    The remaining retired judge shall select the
                                    Valuation  Agent.  If the Westbrook  Partner
                                    Group and Ronto  strike no retired  judge or
                                    the  same  retired  judge  and two or  three
                                    remain,  the  retired  judge whose last name
                                    begins with the letter closest to the letter
                                    "A" shall  select the  Valuation  Agent.  In
                                    making  its  determination  of the  economic
                                    value of the Adverse  Change,  the Valuation
                                    Agent shall only  consider the impact of the
                                    modifications  to the  amounts and timing of
                                    capital  contributions,   fees  payable  and
                                    distributions   of   Net   Cash   Flow   and
                                    liquidation  proceeds and the allocations of
                                    Profits and Losses to Ronto.  Any  Valuation
                                    Agent  selected  shall  be  independent  and
                                    shall not have  performed  any  appraisal or
                                    valuation services for the Partnership,  the
                                    Westbrook Partner Group or Ronto at any time
                                    during  the  two-year  period  prior  to its
                                    selection.  Within 60 days of the  Partners'
                                    selection  of  the  Valuation   Agent,   the
                                    Valuation   Agent   shall   deliver  to  the
                                    Partners a written  report of the  foregoing
                                    valuation,  and  the  determination  of  the
                                    Valuation  Agent thereon shall be conclusive
                                    and  binding  upon the  Partners.  Within 30
                                    days  of the  receipt  of such  report,  the
                                    Westbrook  Partner  Group shall pay (in such
                                    proportions  as they  shall  agree) to Ronto
                                    the  amount  of the  economic  value  of the
                                    Adverse  Change  determined by the Valuation
                                    Agent.


                                       16

<PAGE>



                           iii.     In   the   event   of   any    conflict   or
                                    inconsistency  of the terms of this  Section
                                    2.06  and  any  other   provision   of  this
                                    Agreement,  the terms of this  Section  2.06
                                    shall control.

         35.      CAPITAL

                  a.       Contribution  of  Certain   Property.   Any  and  all
                           reasonable  third  party   out-of-pocket   costs  and
                           expenses  (including  legal fees and costs)  incurred
                           prior to the date  hereof but  subsequent  to October
                           15, 1997 (or prior to October 15, 1997 if approved by
                           the Executive Committee) by any Partner or any of its
                           Affiliates  individually  and associated with its due
                           diligence,  analyses  and  other  evaluations  of the
                           Property or relating to the negotiation and execution
                           of  this  Agreement  and  approved  by the  Executive
                           Committee as reasonable in amount shall be reimbursed
                           by the  Partnership in accordance  with Section 6.06.
                           All other  costs or  expenses  incurred  prior to the
                           date   hereof  by  any  of  the   Partners  or  their
                           respective Affiliates  individually shall be borne by
                           such Partners and Affiliates  individually  and shall
                           not be  reimbursed  by the  Partnership.  On the date
                           hereof, the Partners shall cause to be contributed to
                           the Partnership the agreement to acquire the Property
                           (the "Purchase  Agreement")and  all of their reports,
                           work  product,  analyses,  due  diligence  and  other
                           evaluations regarding the Property, all of which will
                           be deemed to have a fair market value of zero. At the
                           Westbrook Partner Group's option, and in its sole and
                           absolute  discretion,  the  Partnership  may form new
                           partnerships  with the same  Partners  or  Affiliates
                           thereof as are the Partners in this  Partnership  and
                           on the same economic terms and  conditions  hereof to
                           avoid,  among other  things,  the  imposition  of any
                           UBIT.  All costs  incurred  by the  Partners or their
                           respective   Affiliates   in   connection   with  the
                           preceding  sentence  shall be borne by the  Westbrook
                           Partner  Group  and shall  not be  reimbursed  by the
                           Partnership.

                  b.       Capital Contributions.

                           i.       Ronto's   Initial   Deposit.   Ronto  hereby
                                    assigns  to the  Partnership  all of Ronto's
                                    interest  in  and  to a  $50,000.00  earnest
                                    money deposit  previously made by Ronto with
                                    respect to the  acquisition  of the Property
                                    for which  the  Partnership  will  receive a
                                    credit at the  closing  under  the  Property
                                    acquisition   purchase  and  sale  contract.
                                    Ronto shall  receive a credit to its Capital
                                    Account  in  this  amount.   The  credit  to
                                    Ronto's  Capital  Account  described in this
                                    Section  3.02(a) shall  constitute a Capital
                                    Contribution by Ronto.


                                       17

<PAGE>




                           ii.      Prior  to the  date  hereof,  the  Westbrook
                                    Partner  Group  made  payments  in the total
                                    amount  of   $500,000.00  as  an  additional
                                    earnest  money  deposit  with respect to the
                                    Property   acquisition   purchase  and  sale
                                    agreement  for  which the  Partnership  will
                                    receive  a credit at the  closing  under the
                                    Property   acquisition   purchase  and  sale
                                    contract and which is hereby assigned to the
                                    Partnership.  The  Westbrook  Partner  Group
                                    shall   receive  a  credit  to  its  Capital
                                    Account  in  this  amount.   The  credit  to
                                    Westbrook  Partner  Group's  Capital Account
                                    described  in  this  Section  3.02(b)  shall
                                    constitute   a   Capital   Contribution   by
                                    Westbrook Partner Group.

                           iii.     Maximum   Contributions.   Subject   to  the
                                    condition  precedent  set  forth in  Section
                                    3.02(f),  each Partner  agrees to contribute
                                    capital to the Partnership from time to time
                                    to acquire the Property  (including the Golf
                                    Rights) and for due  diligence  and start-up
                                    costs,  working  capital  purposes  and  any
                                    other  purpose   described  in  the  Initial
                                    Budget  and  Operating  Plan up to a maximum
                                    contribution equal to (i) $3,700,000.00 with
                                    respect  to  the  Westbrook   Partner  Group
                                    (which shall include the $500,000.00 deposit
                                    more fully described in Section 3.02(b)) and
                                    (ii)   $185,000.00  with  respect  to  Ronto
                                    (which shall include the $50,000.00  deposit
                                    more fully  described  in Section  3.02(a)).
                                    The  Westbrook  Partner  Group's  obligation
                                    under this Section  3.02(c) shall be reduced
                                    by the amount of loans the Westbrook Partner
                                    Group make to the Partnership  under Section
                                    3.02(e).

                           iv.      Capital Calls. The Executive  Committee will
                                    determine  the  aggregate  amount of capital
                                    required to be contributed from time to time
                                    for the  foregoing  purposes and will notify
                                    the   Partners   of  their   obligation   to
                                    contribute    the   amount   so    requested
                                    proportionately  based  upon the  amounts of
                                    the Initial Capital  Contributions which may
                                    be  required   pursuant   to  this   Section
                                    3.02(d)(a   "Capital   Call").   Subject  to
                                    Section 3.02(c) and the condition  precedent
                                    set  forth in  3.02(f),  each  Partner  will
                                    contribute  its  share  of  a  Capital  Call
                                    within  5  business  days of such  Partner's
                                    receipt  of  a  notice  from  the  Executive
                                    Committee  specifying  the  amount  of  such
                                    Partner's contribution.

                           v.       Subject to the condition precedent set forth
                                    in  Section  3.02(f),   on  March  __,  1998
                                    Westbrook  shall make a loan (the "Westbrook
                                    Loan") to the Partnership upon the terms and
                                    conditions  set forth in the Westbrook  Note
                                    in an  original  principal  amount  equal to
                                    $2,228,159.25  and WRECIP  shall make a loan
                                    (the "WRECIP Loan") to the Partnership  upon


                                       18

<PAGE>



                                    the  terms and  conditions  set forth in the
                                    WRECIP Note in an original  principal amount
                                    equal  to  $271,840.75.  The  terms  of  the
                                    Westbrook   Loan  are  set   forth  in  this
                                    Agreement  and in the  Westbrook  Note.  The
                                    terms of the  WRECIP  Note are set  forth in
                                    this Agreement and in the WRECIP Note.

                           vi.      Condition  Precedent.   Notwithstanding  the
                                    execution of this Agreement by the Westbrook
                                    Partner  Group,  all of the  obligations  of
                                    each member of the Westbrook  Partner Group,
                                    including  but not  limited  to the  Capital
                                    Contributions  contemplated  in this Section
                                    3.02, the Westbrook Loan and the WRECIP Loan
                                    are  conditioned  upon,  and  the  Westbrook
                                    Partner  Group  shall  have  no  obligations
                                    under this  Partnership  Agreement unless as
                                    of March  __,  1998  Shores  at Gulf  Harbor
                                    Limited  Partnership  ("Shores") has entered
                                    into binding (i.e., all major  contingencies
                                    and   conditions   have  been  met)  written
                                    contracts to sell at least seven condominium
                                    units in the Shores at Gulf  Harbour  ("Gulf
                                    Harbour") located in Fort Myers,  Florida to
                                    be  constructed at Gulf Harbour for purchase
                                    prices  not  less  than   those   previously
                                    projected and approved pricing levels by the
                                    executive committee of Shores.

         In  the  event  that  the  preceding  condition  has  not  been  timely
         satisfied,  Westbrook  and WRECIP  shall not be  obligated  to make the
         Westbrook Loan and the WRECIP Loan to the Partnership and the Westbrook
         Partner Group shall have no obligation to make any  additional  capital
         contributions  hereunder.  Provided that the preceding  condition  have
         been timely satisfied,  the Partnership  shall, no later than March __,
         1998,  (i) execute and deliver to Westbrook  the  Westbrook  Note,  the
         Westbrook  Pledge  Agreement  and  any  and  all  financing  statements
         relating thereto requested by Westbrook, and, upon the delivery of such
         documents,  Westbrook  shall disburse the amount of such Westbrook Loan
         to the  Partnership,  and (ii) execute and deliver to WRECIP the WRECIP
         Note,  the  Westbrook  Pledge  Agreement  and  any  and  all  financing
         statements relating thereto requested by WRECIP, and, upon the delivery
         of such documents, WRECIP shall disburse the amount of such WRECIP Loan
         to the Partnership.  The Partnership  shall pay any and all documentary
         stamp taxes and  intangible  taxes  payable in respect of the Westbrook
         Note and the WRECIP Note.

                           vii.     If  at  any  time  or  from   time  to  time
                                    additional   funds   (a   "Shortfall")   are
                                    required    to   meet    any    liabilities,
                                    obligations,  expenditures  or  needs of the
                                    Partnership   which   Shortfall   has   been
                                    previously   approved   by   the   Executive
                                    Committee  or provided  for in any Budget or


                                       19

<PAGE>



                                    Operating Plan,  then, at the election,  and
                                    in the  sole  discretion,  of the  Westbrook
                                    Partner   Group,   (i)  either  or  both  of
                                    Westbrook  and WRECIP may advance 95% of the
                                    amount  of  such  total   Shortfall  to  the
                                    Partnership  within 25 business days after a
                                    request  therefor by the  Westbrook  Partner
                                    Group and any such  advance  shall be deemed
                                    to be a loan  (a  "Shortfall  Loan")  (which
                                    shall  be   non-recourse  to  the  Partners)
                                    bearing  interest at a rate equal to a 24.9%
                                    cumulative annual rate compounded  quarterly
                                    with  the  outstanding   principal   thereof
                                    maturing at such time as  determined  by the
                                    Executive      Committee,      and      (ii)
                                    notwithstanding  anything  to  the  contrary
                                    contained in Article VI, the Partners shall,
                                    make a further  capital  contribution,  with
                                    the Westbrook Partner Group contributing 95%
                                    of  the  amount  of  such  total   Shortfall
                                    (unless  either  or  both of  Westbrook  and
                                    WRECIP  have made a  Shortfall  Loan for the
                                    Westbrook  Partner  Group's  95%  portion of
                                    such  Shortfall in which event the Westbrook
                                    Partner   Group  will  not  make  a  further
                                    capital  contribution  hereunder)  and Ronto
                                    contributing  5% of the amount of such total
                                    Shortfall   (each  an  "Additional   Capital
                                    Contribution"). In lieu of either or both of
                                    Westbrook and WRECIP making  Shortfall Loans
                                    to  the   Partnership   or   the   Executive
                                    Committee  requesting  the  Partners to make
                                    Additional   Capital   Contributions,    the
                                    Executive    Committee    may    cause   the
                                    Partnership  to  obtain  funds to cover  any
                                    Shortfall through loans on terms approved by
                                    the Executive  Committee.  In the event that
                                    from  time  to  time  additional  funds  are
                                    required to meet any expenditures  under any
                                    construction  agreement  entered into by the
                                    Partnership   in   excess  of  or  over  the
                                    guaranteed price under same or not initially
                                    contemplated  by same except with respect to
                                    changes  requested  or required and approved
                                    by the Executive Committee, such funds shall
                                    not be  considered  a  Shortfall  or Capital
                                    Contributions   and   shall   be  the   sole
                                    responsibility   and   liability   of  Ronto
                                    individually.  Any such  funds  expended  by
                                    Ronto  pursuant  to the  preceding  sentence
                                    shall not be reimbursed  by the  Partnership
                                    and Ronto shall  expressly  waive any rights
                                    to contribution or subrogation.

                           viii.    The Capital  Contributions  shall be made by
                                    wire  transfer  of  funds  to a  Partnership
                                    account    designated   by   the   Executive
                                    Committee.

                           ix.      If  any   Partner   (the   "Non-Contributing
                                    Partner")  fails to timely  make any Capital
                                    Contributions   (or  any  portion   thereof)
                                    required by Section  3.02(a),  (b), (d), (e)
                                    or  (g)  (for   purposes  of  this   Section
                                    3.02(i),  any such failure by any Partner in
                                    the Westbrook  Partner Group shall be deemed
                                    to be such a failure by each of the Partners
                                    in the  Westbrook  Partner  Group) and Ronto
                                    (if the  Non-Contributing  Partner is in the


                                       20

<PAGE>



                                    Westbrook  Partner  Group) or the  Westbrook
                                    Partner   Group,    collectively   (if   the
                                    Non-Contributing  Partner is Ronto), (as the
                                    case may be, the "Contributing Partner") has
                                    made  such  Capital  Contribution,  then the
                                    Contributing       Partner,      if      the
                                    Non-Contributing  Partner fails to cure such
                                    failure  by  making  the  necessary  Capital
                                    Contribution  as  required  herein  within 5
                                    days  after  the  Contributing  Partner  has
                                    demanded  in  writing   that  it  make  such
                                    contribution,  may elect as its sole  remedy
                                    and in its sole  discretion (but without any
                                    obligation  to  do  so)  to  contribute  the
                                    Non-Contributing  Partner's  share  of  such
                                    Capital  Contribution  to the Partnership (a
                                    "Make-Up  Contribution").  In the event that
                                    such  Contributing  Partner elects to make a
                                    Make-Up Contribution:  (A) such Contributing
                                    Partner's    Percentage    Interest    shall
                                    thereafter be increased by a percentage (the
                                    "Dilution  Percentage") equal to a fraction,
                                    the  numerator of which is one hundred fifty
                                    percent (150%) of such Make-Up  Contribution
                                    made by such  Contributing  Partner  and the
                                    denominator  of which is the  total  Capital
                                    Contributions  made as of  that  date by the
                                    Non-Contributing   Partner   and   (B)   the
                                    Non-Contributing     Partner's    Percentage
                                    Interest  shall  thereafter for all purposes
                                    hereof  be  decreased  by the  amount of the
                                    Dilution Percentage; provided, however, that
                                    in the event  that at any time the  Dilution
                                    Percentage    reduces   a   Non-Contributing
                                    Partner's  Percentage  Interest to less than
                                    one percent (1%), then such Non-Contributing
                                    Partner's  Percentage  Interest shall become
                                    zero (0%)  percent and such  NonContributing
                                    Partner  shall be  eliminated  as and  shall
                                    thereafter no longer be considered a Partner
                                    hereunder.     The    elimination    of    a
                                    Non-Contributing      Partner's     Interest
                                    hereunder    shall   not    eliminate    the
                                    Non-Contributing   Partner's  right  to  the
                                    return of its  Capital  Contributions  and a
                                    return  thereon,  as contemplated by Section
                                    5.04 of this Agreement.

                           x.       Ronto hereby grants to each of Westbrook and
                                    WRECIP,  as  secured  parties,   a  security
                                    interest  in Ronto's  Interest to secure the
                                    performance   of  the   obligations  of  the
                                    Partnership,  if any,  under  the  Letter of
                                    Credit Reimbursement, Westbrook Note, WRECIP
                                    Note and Westbrook  Pledge  Agreement and in
                                    respect  of  any  Shortfall  Loans  made  by
                                    either or both of  Westbrook  and  WRECIP or
                                    any  respective  Affiliate  thereof  to  the
                                    Partnership,   and  each  of  Westbrook  and
                                    WRECIP  individually  shall  have all rights
                                    available  to  secured   parties  under  the
                                    Delaware  Uniform  Commercial  Code  and the
                                    laws of the state of  organization of Ronto.
                                    In  the   circumstances  set  forth  in  the
                                    Westbrook Pledge Agreement, Westbrook and/or
                                    WRECIP may exercise  any remedies  permitted
                                    by  applicable  law to enforce its  security
                                    interest.  Ronto hereby irrevocably appoints
                                    each  of  Westbrook  and  WRECIP,   and  the


                                       21

<PAGE>



                                    agents,   officers  or   employees  of  such
                                    parties, its attorneys-in-fact, coupled with
                                    an  interest,  with full power  jointly  and
                                    severally   to  prepare   and   execute  any
                                    documents,  instruments and agreements,  and
                                    such financing, continuation statements, and
                                    other  instruments  and  documents as may be
                                    appropriate to perfect, continue and enforce
                                    such   security   interests   in   favor  of
                                    Westbrook and WRECIP.

                           xi.      Construction Loan Letter of Credit. In order
                                    to assist the  Partnership  in  obtaining  a
                                    Construction   Loan,   either  Westbrook  or
                                    WRECIP  or both  shall  agree to  provide  a
                                    letter of credit or  letters  of credit or a
                                    surety bond or surety  bonds (the "Letter of
                                    Credit") of up to a maximum of $1,000,000.00
                                    in the aggregate to the construction  lender
                                    to  secure  a   Construction   Loan  without
                                    guaranties  from  any  parties,   including,
                                    without  limitation,  the Limited  Partners.
                                    Any fees paid by Westbrook or WRECIP for any
                                    Letter of Credit shall be  reimbursed by the
                                    Partnership in accordance with Section 6.06.
                                    The  Partnership   shall  pay  Westbrook  or
                                    WRECIP or both, as  appropriate,  the Letter
                                    of  Credit  Reimbursement  on any  Letter of
                                    Credit.  In the  event  that  there  are any
                                    drawings against any Letter of Credit,  such
                                    drawings  shall,  at the option of Westbrook
                                    or  WRECIP,   as   appropriate,   either  be
                                    reimbursed to Westbrook  and/or  WRECIP,  as
                                    appropriate,  immediately  or be  deemed  to
                                    constitute   Shortfall  Loans  by  Westbrook
                                    and/or WRECIP, as appropriate.  Further,  in
                                    connection with any Construction Loan, Ronto
                                    shall  provide  and comply with the terms of
                                    any  completion  guaranties  required by the
                                    construction    lender   to   obtain    such
                                    Construction  Loan and shall expressly waive
                                    any rights to contribution or subrogation

                  c.       Capital  Accounts.  A  separate  capital  account  (a
                           "Capital   Account")  will  be  maintained  for  each
                           Partner  in  accordance   with  Treasury   Regulation
                           Section 1.704-l(b)(2)(iv).  Consistent therewith, the
                           Capital  Account of each Partner  will be  determined
                           and adjusted as follows:

                           i.       Each  Partner's   Capital  Account  will  be
                                    credited with:

                           (1)        Any  contributions  of  cash  made by such
                                      Partner to the capital of the  Partnership
                                      plus  the  Book  Basis  of  any   property
                                      contributed by such Partner to the capital
                                      of the Partnership (net of any liabilities
                                      to which such property is subject or which
                                      are assumed by the Partnership);


                                       22

<PAGE>




                           (2)        The  Partner's  distributive  share of Net
                                      Profit  and   Profit  and  items   thereof
                                      allocated to such Partner; and

                           (3)        Any other increases required by Treasury
                                      Regulation Section 1.704-l(b)(2)(iv).

                           ii.      Each  Partner's   Capital  Account  will  be
                                    debited with:

                           (1)        Any  distributions  of cash  made from the
                                      Partnership  to such Partner plus the fair
                                      market value of any  property  distributed
                                      in  kind  to  such  Partner  (net  of  any
                                      liabilities  to  which  such  property  is
                                      subject  or  which  are  assumed  by  such
                                      Partner);

                           (2)        The  Partner's  distributive  share of Net
                                      Losses   and   Loss  and   items   thereof
                                      allocated to such Partner; and

                           (3)        Any other decreases required by Treasury
                                      Regulation Section 1.704-l(b)(2)(iv).

The  provisions  of this Section  3.03  relating to the  maintenance  of Capital
Accounts have been included in this  Agreement to comply with Section  704(b) of
the  Code  and the  Treasury  Regulations  promulgated  thereunder  and  will be
interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with those provisions.

                   d.      No Further Capital Contributions. Except as expressly
                           provided in this  Agreement or with the prior written
                           consent of the Partners, no Partner shall be required
                           or  entitled  to  contribute  any  other  or  further
                           capital to the Partnership,  nor shall any Partner be
                           required  or  entitled  to  loan  any  funds  to  the
                           Partnership.  No Partner will have any  obligation to
                           restore any negative  balance in its Capital  Account
                           upon liquidation or dissolution of the Partnership.

         36.      INTERESTS IN THE PARTNERSHIP

                   a.      Percentage Interests. The Percentage Interests of the
                           Partners  may be  adjusted  only as set forth in this
                           Agreement.


                                       23

<PAGE>



                   b.      Return of Capital. No Partner shall be liable for the
                           return of the capital  contributions  (or any portion
                           thereof)  of any other  Partner,  it being  expressly
                           understood  that any such return shall be made solely
                           from the assets of the Partnership.  No Partner shall
                           be  entitled  to  withdraw or receive a return of any
                           part of its capital contributions or Capital Account,
                           to receive  interest on its capital  contributions or
                           Capital Account or to receive any distributions  from
                           the Partnership,  except as expressly provided for in
                           this Agreement or under applicable law.

                   c.      Ownership. All Partnership Property shall be owned by
                           the Partnership,  subject to the terms and provisions
                           of this Agreement.

                   d.      Waiver  of  Partition;  Nature  of  Interests  in the
                           Partnership.  Except as otherwise  expressly provided
                           for in this  Agreement,  each of the Partners  hereby
                           irrevocably  waives  any  right  or power  that  such
                           Partner might have:

                           i.       To  cause  the  Partnership  or  any  of its
                                    assets to be partitioned;

                           ii.      To cause the  appointment  of a receiver for
                                    all or any  portion  of  the  assets  of the
                                    Partnership;

                           iii.     To compel any sale of all or any  portion of
                                    the assets of the  Partnership  pursuant  to
                                    any applicable law; or

                           iv.      To file a  complaint,  or to  institute  any
                                    proceeding at law or in equity, to cause the
                                    termination,  dissolution  or liquidation of
                                    the Partnership.

Each of the Partners  has been induced to enter into this  Agreement in reliance
upon the waivers set forth in this  Section  4.04 and without  those  waivers no
Partner  would have  entered  into this  Agreement.  No  Partner  shall have any
interest in specific  Partnership  Property.  The  Interests of all Partners are
personal property.

         37.      ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

                  a.       Allocations.   For  each   taxable  year  or  portion
                           thereof,  Net Profit and Net Loss shall be  allocated
                           (after all allocations  pursuant to Section 5.02 have
                           been made) as follows:


                                       24

<PAGE>



                           i.       Except as provided  in Sections  5.01(b) and
                                    5.01(c),  Net  Profit  or Net Loss  shall be
                                    allocated  to make  the  Partially  Adjusted
                                    Capital  Accounts of the Partners  equal, as
                                    nearly as possible,  their respective Target
                                    Accounts.

                           ii.      Net   Profit   in   connection    with   the
                                    liquidation    and    termination   of   the
                                    Partnership  shall be  allocated to make the
                                    Partially  Adjusted  Capital Accounts of the
                                    Partners equal, as nearly as possible, their
                                    respective   Target   Accounts;    provided,
                                    however,  that if there is insufficient  Net
                                    Profit  to  make  the   Partially   Adjusted
                                    Capital Accounts of the Partners equal their
                                    Target   Accounts,   (i)   items  of  Profit
                                    comprising  Net Profit for such year and, to
                                    the extent permitted pursuant to Section 761
                                    of the Code, for the  immediately  preceding
                                    year  shall be  allocated  to the  Westbrook
                                    Partner  Group;   and  (ii)  items  of  Loss
                                    comprising  Net Profit for such year and, to
                                    the extent permitted pursuant to Section 761
                                    of the Code, for the  immediately  preceding
                                    year  shall be  allocated  to Ronto so as to
                                    make the Adjusted  Capital  Accounts of such
                                    Partners equal, as nearly as possible, their
                                    respective Target Accounts.

                           iii.     Items of Profit and Loss comprising Net Loss
                                    in  connection   with  the  liquidation  and
                                    termination  of  the  Partnership  shall  be
                                    allocated  to make  the  Partially  Adjusted
                                    Capital  Accounts of the Partners  equal, as
                                    nearly as possible,  their respective Target
                                    Accounts;  provided,  however,  that  in  no
                                    event shall an allocation under this Section
                                    5.01(c) be made to the extent it would cause
                                    any  Partner   (other  than   Westbrook  and
                                    WRECIP)  to be  allocated  a  percentage  of
                                    overall  Net  Loss for the  taxable  year in
                                    excess  of its  Percentage  Interest  unless
                                    Westbrook and WRECIP shall elect to have the
                                    terms  of this  proviso  not  apply.  In the
                                    event  that there are  insufficient  item of
                                    Profit and Loss  comprising Net Loss to make
                                    the Partially  Adjusted  Capital Accounts of
                                    the Partners equal their  respective  Target
                                    Accounts,  items of Profit  and Loss for the
                                    immediately  preceding  year  shall  (to the
                                    extent permitted  pursuant to Section 761 of
                                    the Code) be  allocated to make the Adjusted
                                    Capital  Accounts of the Partners  equal, as
                                    nearly as possible,  their respective Target
                                    Accounts;   provided,   however,   that  the
                                    proviso   of   the   immediately   preceding
                                    sentence shall apply to any such allocation.

                  b.       Compliance with Section 704(b). The following special
                           allocation.  shall, except as otherwise provided,  be
                           made in the following order:



                                       25

<PAGE>



                           i.       Notwithstanding  any other provision of this
                                    Article  V, if  there is a net  decrease  in
                                    Partnership  Minimum  Gain or in any Partner
                                    Minimum Gain during any fiscal year or other
                                    period,   prior  to  any  other   allocation
                                    pursuant  hereto,   such  Partner  shall  be
                                    specially  allocated  items  of  Partnership
                                    income  and  gain  for such  year  (and,  if
                                    necessary,  subsequent  years)  in an amount
                                    and manner  required by Treasury  Regulation
                                    Sections  1.704-2(f) or  1.704-2(i)(4).  The
                                    items to be so allocated shall be determined
                                    in  accordance   with  Treasury   Regulation
                                    Section 1.704-2.

                           ii.      Items of Profit  shall be  allocated to each
                                    Partner receiving  distributions of a return
                                    on its  Capital  Contributions  pursuant  to
                                    Section  5.04(a) and Section  5.04(b)  until
                                    the aggregate  items of Profit  allocated to
                                    such Partner  under this Section  5.02(b) is
                                    equal to the  aggregate  amount  theretofore
                                    distributed (and  immediately  available for
                                    distribution) pursuant to such clauses.

                           iii.     Any  Partner  who  unexpectedly  receives an
                                    adjustment,   allocation   or   distribution
                                    described  in  Treasury  Regulation  Section
                                    1.704-l(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4),  (5) or  (6)  which
                                    causes or  increases  a negative  balance in
                                    his  or  its   Capital   Account   shall  be
                                    allocated   items   of   income   and   gain
                                    sufficient  to  eliminate  such  increase or
                                    negative balance caused thereby,  as quickly
                                    as possible,  to the extent required by such
                                    Treasury Regulation.

                           iv.      Nonrecourse  Deductions  for any fiscal year
                                    or  other  period  shall  be  allocated  (as
                                    nearly   as   possible)    under    Treasury
                                    Regulation  Section 1.704-2 to the Partners,
                                    pro rata in proportion  to their  respective
                                    Percentage Interests.

                           v.       Any Partner  Nonrecourse  Deductions for any
                                    fiscal  year  or  other   period   shall  be
                                    allocated  to  the  Partner  that  made,  or
                                    guaranteed  or  is  otherwise   liable  with
                                    respect  to the loan to which  such  Partner
                                    Nonrecourse  Deductions are  attributable in
                                    accordance  with  principles  under Treasury
                                    Regulation Section 1.704- 2(i).

                           vi.      No allocation or loss or deduction  shall be
                                    made to any  Partner if, as a result of such
                                    allocation,   such  Partner  would  have  an
                                    Adjusted Capital Account  Deficit.  Any such
                                    disallowed  allocation  shall be made to the
                                    Partners entitled to receive such allocation
                                    under Treasury  Regulation  Section 1.704 in
                                    proportion  to their  respective  Percentage
                                    Interests.



                                       26

<PAGE>



                           vii.     The   allocations   contained   in  Sections
                                    5.02(a),  5.02(c),  5.02(d) and 5.02(e) (the
                                    "Regulatory  Allocations")  are  intended to
                                    comply with certain requirements of Treasury
                                    Regulation  Section  1.704.  The  Regulatory
                                    Allocations  shall be taken into  account in
                                    allocating  Profits,  Losses, Net Profit and
                                    Net Loss and other  items of  income,  gain,
                                    loss and  deduction  among the  Partners  so
                                    that to the extent possible, the allocations
                                    contained in this  Agreement  other than the
                                    Regulatory  Allocations  and the  Regulatory
                                    Allocations made to each Partner shall equal
                                    the  net   amount   that   would  have  been
                                    allocated to each Partner had the Regulatory
                                    Allocations  not  occurred.   The  Executive
                                    Committee  shall  take  account  of the fact
                                    that certain of the  Regulatory  Allocations
                                    will  occur at a  period  in the  future  in
                                    applying this Section 5.02(g).

                  c.       Payment  of  Certain  Obligations.  Prior  to  making
                           distributions  of Net  Cash  Flow  pursuant  to  this
                           Agreement,   the  Partnership  shall  have  made  the
                           following payments, in the following manner and order
                           of priority:

                           i.       First,  from and after any  Letter of Credit
                                    has been  provided  by either  Westbrook  or
                                    WRECIP or both as set forth in the Westbrook
                                    Note or the WRECIP  Note,  any  accrued  and
                                    unpaid Letter of Credit  Reimbursement  with
                                    respect  to any such  outstanding  Letter of
                                    Credit;

                           ii.      Second,  from and after any  Shortfall  Loan
                                    has been made,  accrued and unpaid  interest
                                    thereon and all other  amounts  then due and
                                    payable  and,  after the  payment in full of
                                    such   interest  and  other   amounts,   the
                                    prepayment  or repayment of the  outstanding
                                    principal balance thereof; and

                           iii.     Third, from and after the Westbrook Loan and
                                    the WRECIP Loan have been made,  all accrued
                                    and unpaid  interest  thereon  and all other
                                    amounts then due and payable and,  after the
                                    payment in full of such  interest  and other
                                    amounts,  the  scheduled  repayment  of  the
                                    outstanding principal balance thereof unless
                                    the payment on the  principal is deferred at
                                    the option of either or both  Westbrook  and
                                    WRECIP.

                  Any Letter of Credit  Reimbursement  and any interest  paid in
accordance  with this  Section  5.03  shall be treated  as  payments  under Code
Section 7.07(a).

                  d.       Distributions.  Except as provided  in Section  5.05,
                           the   Partnership   shall,   as  soon  as  reasonably


                                       27

<PAGE>


                           practical  (but no less often than  quarterly),  make
                           distributions of Net Cash Flow to the Partners in the
                           following manner and order of priority:

                           i.       First, Net Cash Flow shall be distributed to
                                    the   Partners   (and  pro  rata  among  the
                                    Westbrook    Partner    Group   based   upon
                                    Percentage  Interests)  equal to the product
                                    of  such  Net  Cash  Flow  multiplied  by  a
                                    fraction,  the  numerator  of  which  is the
                                    Capital  Contributions  made by such Partner
                                    and  not  previously   distributed  to  such
                                    Partner and the  denominator of which is the
                                    aggregate Capital  Contributions made by all
                                    Partners  and  not  previously  distributed,
                                    until such Partners have received  aggregate
                                    distributions  of Net Cash Flow  pursuant to
                                    this  Section  5.04(a) in an amount equal to
                                    the  sum  of  (i)  a 20%  cumulative  annual
                                    return    compounded    quarterly   on   the
                                    undistributed   portion   of   its   Capital
                                    Contributions,    and   (ii)   its   Capital
                                    Contributions;  provided,  however,  in  the
                                    event Capital Contributions of the Westbrook
                                    Partner   Group  or  any  part  thereof  are
                                    distributed  to the Westbrook  Partner Group
                                    prior to a period of two years  after  their
                                    contribution by the Westbrook Partner Group,
                                    such  Capital   Contributions  or  the  part
                                    thereof  distributed  prior to such two year
                                    period for purposes of computing  the return
                                    thereon shall be treated as if they had been
                                    undistributed   for  the   entire  two  year
                                    period.  ii. Second,  Net Cash Flow shall be
                                    distributed  to  Westbrook  and  WRECIP,  in
                                    accordance with their relative  interests in
                                    the  Partnership,  until the Westbrook  Loan
                                    and the WRECIP  Loan are paid and  satisfied
                                    in full in accordance with the terms of each
                                    of the Notes,  with all such payments  being
                                    applied to the outstanding  principal in the
                                    inverse order of maturity.

                           iii.     Third,  Net Cash Flow  shall be  distributed
                                    85% to the  Westbrook  Partner  Group (based
                                    upon Percentage Interests) and 15% to Ronto,
                                    until  the   Westbrook   Partner  Group  has
                                    received aggregate distributions of Net Cash
                                    Flow and  principal  and  interest  payments
                                    under the Westbrook Loan and the WRECIP Loan
                                    in an  aggregate  amount  equal to (i) a 25%
                                    cumulative    annual    return    compounded
                                    quarterly    on   the   sum   of   (A)   its
                                    undistributed   portion   of   its   Capital
                                    Contributions,  (B) the  unrepaid  Westbrook
                                    Loan  (including  all  capitalized  interest
                                    thereon),  and (C) the unrepaid  WRECIP Loan
                                    (including    all    capitalized    interest
                                    thereon),   (ii)   its   aggregate   Capital
                                    Contributions,   (iii)  the  Westbrook  Loan
                                    (including all  capitalized  interest),  and
                                    (iv)  the   WRECIP   Loan   (including   all
                                    capitalized  interest);  provided,  however;
                                    (x) in the event  Capital  Contributions  of
                                    the  Westbrook  Partner  Group  or any  part
                                    thereof  are  distributed  to the  Westbrook


                                       28

<PAGE>



                                    Partner Group prior to a period of two years
                                    after their  contribution  by the  Westbrook
                                    Partner Group, such Capital Contributions or
                                    the part thereof  distributed  prior to such
                                    two year period for  purposes  of  computing
                                    the  return  thereon  shall be treated as if
                                    they had been  undistributed  for the entire
                                    two  year  period,  and  (y)  in  the  event
                                    principal  payments  on the  Westbrook  Loan
                                    including any capitalized  interest  thereon
                                    and   the   WRECIP   Loan    including   any
                                    capitalized  interest thereon have been paid
                                    under  Section  5.04(b),  such  payments for
                                    purpose  of  computing  the  return  thereon
                                    shall be treated as if they had been paid in
                                    accordance  with  Section  3.4 of the  Notes
                                    rather than  having been paid in  accordance
                                    with    Section    3.5   of    the    Notes.
                                    Notwithstanding   the   foregoing   and  for
                                    purposes of this Section  5.04(c) only,  the
                                    85%/15% ratio paid to the Westbrook  Partner
                                    Group and Ronto under this  Section  5.04(c)
                                    shall be  adjusted  in  accordance  with the
                                    provisions of Section  3.02(i) as if the 85%
                                    and the 15% were the Percentage Interests of
                                    the   Westbrook   Partner  Group  and  Ronto
                                    respectively.

                           iv.      Thereafter,  any  remaining  Net  Cash  Flow
                                    shall be  distributed  pro rata  (based upon
                                    Percentage Interests) to the Partners.

Distributions  made pursuant to Section  5.04(a),  and (c) shall be deemed to be
made (i) first,  with respect to the return described in such provision and (ii)
then, with respect to the Capital Contributions described in such provision.

                  e.       Distributions  in  Liquidation.  Upon the dissolution
                           and  winding-up of the  Partnership,  the proceeds of
                           sale   and   other   assets   of   the    Partnership
                           distributable   to   the   Partners   under   Section
                           11.02(c)(iii)  shall be  distributed,  not later than
                           the  latest  time  specified  for such  distributions
                           pursuant    to    Treasury     Regulation     Section
                           1.704-l(b)(2)(ii)(b)(2) to the Partners in proportion
                           to and in accordance with their  respective  positive
                           Capital Account balances(after  adjustment to reflect
                           the  allocations  pursuant to this  Article V), after
                           payment of the  Westbrook  Loan and the WRECIP  Loan,
                           including  all  capitalized   and  accrued   interest
                           thereon.   With  the   approval   of  the   Executive
                           Committee,  a pro rata  portion of the  distributions
                           that would  otherwise be made to the  Partners  under
                           the preceding  sentence may be distributed to a trust
                           established  for the benefit of the  Partners for the
                           purposes   of   liquidating    Partnership    assets,
                           collecting  amounts  owed  to  the  Partnership,  and
                           paying any  contingent or unforeseen  liabilities  or
                           obligations of the  Partnership  arising out of or in
                           connection with the Partnership.


                                       29

<PAGE>



                           The  assets  of  any  trust  established  under  this
                           Section 5.05 will be distributed to the Partners from
                           time  to  time  by  the  trustee  of the  trust  upon
                           approval  of the  Executive  Committee  in  the  same
                           proportions as the amount distributed to the trust by
                           the Partnership would otherwise have been distributed
                           to the Partners under this Agreement.

                  f.       Tax Matters.  The Executive  Committee shall make all
                           applicable   election,    determination   and   other
                           decisions  under the Code,  including,  without being
                           limited to, the deductibility of a particular item of
                           expense  and  the   positions  to  be  taken  on  the
                           Partnership's  tax  return,  and  shall  approve  the
                           settlement or compromise of all audit matters  raised
                           by  the  Internal   Revenue  Service   affecting  the
                           Partners  generally.  The  Partners  shall  each take
                           reporting  positions  on  their  respective  federal,
                           state and local  income tax returns  consistent  with
                           the positions  determined  for the  Partnership.  The
                           Westbrook  Partner  Group  shall  cause all  federal,
                           state and local  income  and other tax  returns to be
                           timely filed by the Partnership.

                  g.       Tax Matters  Partner.  The Westbrook  General Partner
                           shall be the tax matters  partner  within the meaning
                           of Section 6231(a)(7) of the Code,  provided that the
                           Westbrook General Partner shall not have any right to
                           settle  or  compromise   any  matter  raised  by  the
                           Internal  Revenue Service without the approval of the
                           Executive Committee.

                  h.       Section 704(c).  In accordance with Section 704(c) of
                           the  Code  and the  applicable  Treasury  Regulations
                           promulgated thereunder, income, gain, loss, deduction
                           and tax  depreciation  with  respect to any  property
                           contributed  to the  capital of the  Partnership,  or
                           with respect to any  property  which has a Book Basis
                           different than its adjusted tax basis,  shall, solely
                           for federal income tax purposes,  be allocated  among
                           the Partners so as to take into account any variation
                           between the  adjusted  tax basis of such  property to
                           the Partnership and the Book Basis of such property.

         38.      MANAGEMENT

                  a.       Management.

                           i.       Except as  otherwise  expressly  provided in
                                    this Agreement,  the business and affairs of
                                    the  Partnership  shall  be  vested  in  and
                                    controlled  by  the  General  Partners.  The
                                    General  Partners  shall act by means of and


                                       30

<PAGE>



                                    through a committee of persons  appointed in
                                    writing   pursuant  to  Section   6.02  (the
                                    "Executive   Committee").    The   Executive
                                    Committee  shall  have   responsibility  for
                                    establishing   the  policies  and  operating
                                    procedures  with respect to the business and
                                    affairs  of the  Partnership  and for making
                                    all  decisions  as to all matters  which the
                                    Partnership  has  authority  to perform,  as
                                    fully  as  if  the  General   Partners  were
                                    themselves making such decisions and in lieu
                                    thereof.  All decisions  with respect to the
                                    management  and  control of the  Partnership
                                    approved by the Executive  Committee (except
                                    for  such  decisions  which  by the  express
                                    terms of this Agreement require the approval
                                    of all  General  Partners  or all  Partners)
                                    shall be binding on the  Partnership and all
                                    Partners.   The  Executive  Committee  shall
                                    delegate, unless otherwise determined by the
                                    Executive   Committee,   certain  management
                                    functions to the Administrative Partner. The
                                    Administrative  Partner shall be responsible
                                    for   performing,   or  for  causing  to  be
                                    performed,  the duties  described in Section
                                    6.03. Except as otherwise expressly provided
                                    in this  Agreement or  otherwise  previously
                                    approved,  or provided  for in any Budget or
                                    Operating Plan, by the Executive  Committee,
                                    the Executive  Committee shall have the sole
                                    authority  to  authorize   and  approve  any
                                    material    matter    pertaining    to   the
                                    Partnership's business (a "Major Decision"),
                                    including, without limitation, the following
                                    matters:

                                    (1)      The  execution  and delivery of any
                                             agreement  to acquire the  Property
                                             (including, without limitation, the
                                             Golf  Rights)  (which  agreement is
                                             hereby  approved  by  each  of  the
                                             Partners)  and  the  taking  of any
                                             action  required or permitted to be
                                             taken    thereunder     (including,
                                             without  limitation,   all  actions
                                             necessary to close the  acquisition
                                             of the Property) or any  assignment
                                             (in  whole  or in part) of any such
                                             agreement  and  the  taking  of any
                                             action  required or permitted to be
                                             taken thereunder;

                                    (2)      Any   financing,   refinancing   or
                                             securitization  of any  Partnership
                                             Property   and   the   use  of  any
                                             proceeds    thereof,     including,
                                             without  limitation,  the financing
                                             of the acquisition of the Property,
                                             Construction     Loan    financing,
                                             interim and permanent financing and
                                             any other  financing or refinancing
                                             of    the    operations    of   the
                                             Partnership  and the  execution and


                                       31

<PAGE>


                                             delivery    of    any    documents,
                                             agreements      or      instruments
                                             evidencing, securing or relating to
                                             any such financing;

                                    (3)      The  approval  of  the  Budget  and
                                             Operating  Plan and any  amendments
                                             or modifications thereto;

                                    (4)      Any  sale  of  condominium   units,
                                             restructuring,  lease,  transfer or
                                             other   disposition,   improvement,
                                             rehabilitation, alteration, repair,
                                             or  completion of  construction  of
                                             any  Partnership  Property on terms
                                             that  vary   materially   from  the
                                             ranges and guidelines in the Budget
                                             or Operating  Plan (for purposes of
                                             this  Section  6.01(a)(iv),  such a
                                             material  variance  shall be (A) an
                                             amount   that  is  not  within  the
                                             ranges established in the Operating
                                             Plan or is in excess of the  amount
                                             set  forth  in the  Budget  by more
                                             than $5,000.00 or 5% of such Budget
                                             amount,  whichever  is greater,  or
                                             (B) terms that materially  conflict
                                             with the  other  guidelines  in the
                                             Operating   Plan   regarding   such
                                             transactions)  and any other  sale,
                                             transfer  or other  disposition  of
                                             all or any Partnership Property;

                                    (5)      The  making of any  expenditure  or
                                             incurring of any  obligation  by or
                                             on behalf of the  Partnership  that
                                             vary  materially from the Budget or
                                             entering   into  (or   amending  or
                                             modifying) any agreement  which was
                                             not  specifically  included  in the
                                             Budget  or  contemplated  under the
                                             Operating  Plan  (for  purposes  of
                                             this  Section  6.01(a)(v)),  such a
                                             material    variance    shall    be
                                             expenditures   or  obligations  (A)
                                             involving  an  amount  that  is  in
                                             excess of the  amount  set forth in
                                             the Budget for such  expenditure or
                                             line item by more than $5,000.00 or
                                             5% of such Budget amount, whichever
                                             is  greater,   (B)   involving  the
                                             incurrence  of  an  expenditure  or
                                             obligation  for any  transaction or
                                             any series of related  transactions
                                             when    taken    with   all   prior
                                             expenditures or obligations  during


                                       32

<PAGE>



                                             the particular  fiscal year related
                                             thereto    exceeds    the   maximum
                                             expenditure  amount provided in the
                                             Budget  or the  Operating  Plan for
                                             such   particular   transaction  or
                                             series  of  transactions  for  such
                                             fiscal   year  by  the  greater  of
                                             $5,000.00  or  5% of  such  maximum
                                             expenditure  amount for such fiscal
                                             year,  or (C) in  the  case  of any
                                             agreement  proposed  to be  entered
                                             into,   such   agreement   is   not
                                             terminable by the Partnership on 30
                                             calendar   days  or  less   written
                                             notice   to  the   other   parties;
                                             provided,   however,  this  Section
                                             6.01(a)(v)   shall   not  apply  to
                                             expenditures  made  or  obligations
                                             incurred or agreements entered into
                                             pursuant to, specifically  included
                                             in or contemplated under the Budget
                                             or Operating  Plan or in connection
                                             with the acquisition of the Initial
                                             Partnership Property);

                                    (6)      The  establishment  of the offering
                                             plan or prospectus  for the sale of
                                             condominium  units in the  Project,
                                             together    with   all   forms   of
                                             agreement  to be  executed  by each
                                             unit purchaser,  including, without
                                             limitation,  the  contract  of sale
                                             and purchase  and escrow  agreement
                                             and    all     documentation     or
                                             applications  to be filed  with any
                                             state,  city or  county  regulatory
                                             authority   in   connection    with
                                             obtaining  approval of the offering
                                             plan or prospectus  for the sale of
                                             such condominium units;

                                    (7)      The commencement of construction of
                                             each of the  buildings  within  the
                                             Project  and  approval of the final
                                             plans and  specifications  for each
                                             such building;

                                    (8)      Any revisions to the general layout
                                             of the  Project as to the  location
                                             of  the  various  improvements  and
                                             facilities  to be located  upon the
                                             Property;



                                       33

<PAGE>


                                    (9)      The   establishment   of  Reserves,
                                             determination  of the amount of Net
                                             Cash    Flow    and    making    of
                                             distributions to Partners;

                                    (10)     The   institution   of  any   legal
                                             proceedings  in  the  name  of  the
                                             Partnership,   settlement   of  any
                                             legal   proceedings   against   the
                                             Partnership  and  confession of any
                                             judgment against the Partnership or
                                             any  property  of  the  Partnership
                                             other than the  institution  of any
                                             foreclosure,  eviction  or  similar
                                             proceedings     contemplated     or
                                             provided in the Operating Plan;

                                    (11)     The  possession of any  Partnership
                                             Property for other than Partnership
                                             purposes;

                                    (12)     (A)  The  filing  of any  voluntary
                                             petition in bankruptcy on behalf of
                                             the Partnership, (B) the consenting
                                             to the  filing  of any  involuntary
                                             petition in bankruptcy  against the
                                             Partnership,  (C) the filing of any
                                             petition seeking, or the consenting
                                             to,  reorganization or relief under
                                             any applicable federal or state law
                                             relating    to     bankruptcy    or
                                             insolvency,  (D) the  consenting to
                                             the   appointment  of  a  receiver,
                                             liquidator,    assignee,   trustee,
                                             sequestrator   (or  other   similar
                                             official) of the  Partnership  or a
                                             substantial  part of its  property,
                                             (E) the  making  of any  assignment
                                             for the benefit of  creditors,  (F)
                                             the  admission  in  writing  of the
                                             Partnership's  inability to pay its
                                             debts  generally as they become due
                                             or (G) the  taking of any action by
                                             the  Partnership  in furtherance of
                                             any such action;

                                    (13)     The  engagement  of  any  sales  or
                                             placement   agent  or  broker   not
                                             expressly  permitted  hereunder for
                                             the   disposition,   financing   or
                                             refinancing   of  any   Partnership
                                             Property;

                                    (14)     The entering  into or  consummation
                                             of any  transaction  or arrangement


                                       34

<PAGE>


                                             with any  Partner or any  Affiliate
                                             of  any   Partner,   or  any  other
                                             transaction  involving an actual or
                                             potential conflict of interest; and

                                    (15)     The approval,  determination or any
                                             other action expressly  reserved to
                                             the Executive  Committee under this
                                             Agreement,    including,    without
                                             limitation,    any    modification,
                                             amendment, or renewal of any matter
                                             previously    requiring   Executive
                                             Committee action.

                                    (16)     The  terms  and  conditions  of the
                                             Rental  Program  Rights,   and  any
                                             agreements related thereto, and all
                                             terms and conditions thereof.

                           ii.      Subject to the terms of this Agreement,  the
                                    prior  approval by the  Executive  Committee
                                    and the  limitations  imposed  by  law,  the
                                    General  Partners  shall  have  all  of  the
                                    powers  of  general  partners  of a  limited
                                    partnership  under  the laws of the State of
                                    Delaware, including, without limitation, the
                                    full power to:

                                    (1)      Acquire,   hold,   operate,   sell,
                                             transfer, assign, convey, exchange,
                                             lease,   sublease,    mortgage   or
                                             otherwise  dispose  of or deal with
                                             all or any part of the  Property or
                                             any other Partnership Property;

                                    (2)      In furtherance of the Partnership's
                                             purposes   and   business,   borrow
                                             money,  whether  on  a  secured  or
                                             unsecured basis, refinance, record,
                                             extend,   compromise  or  otherwise
                                             deal  with  any such  loan,  and in
                                             connection     therewith,     issue
                                             evidences   of   indebtedness   and
                                             secure the same by mortgages, deeds
                                             of trust,  security  agreements  or
                                             other similar  documents  affecting
                                             the assets of the Partnership;

                                    (3)      Authorize  other persons to execute
                                             and  deliver   such   documents  on
                                             behalf  of the  Partnership  as the
                                             Executive    Committee   may   deem


                                       35

<PAGE>



                                             necessary  or  desirable   for  the
                                             Partnership's business, including,
                                             without limitation,  guarantees and
                                             indemnities;

                                    (4)      Perform,  or cause to be performed,
                                             all    of     the     Partnership's
                                             obligations  under any agreement to
                                             which the Partnership is a party;

                                    (5)      Enter into  contracts  on behalf of
                                             the     Partnership     and    make
                                             expenditures  as  are  required  to
                                             operate and manage the  Partnership
                                             and the Partnership Properties; and

                                    (6)      Do any act  which is  necessary  or
                                             desirable  to carry  out any of the
                                             purposes of the Partnership.

                           iii.     Notwithstanding  anything  to  the  contrary
                                    contained   in  Sections   6.01(a)  or  (b),
                                    neither  the  Executive  Committee  nor  any
                                    General  Partner shall have any authority to
                                    authorize  or approve  any of the  following
                                    matters   without   the   approval  of  both
                                    Westbrook and WRECIP:

                                    (1)      Any  matter  set  forth in  Section
                                             6.01(a)(i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v),
                                             (vii) or (ix); and

                                    (2)      The  execution  and delivery of any
                                             agreement  pursuant to Section 6.04
                                             or any  amendment  or  modification
                                             thereof.

                           iv.      The General  Partners  may, on behalf of the
                                    Partnership,  subject  to  approval  by  the
                                    Executive  Committee,   employ,   engage  or
                                    retain any Persons  (including any Affiliate
                                    of  any   Partner)   to   act  as   brokers,
                                    accountants, attorneys, engineers or in such
                                    other capacities as the Executive  Committee
                                    may  determine are necessary or desirable in
                                    connection with the Partnership's  business,
                                    and the General  Partners and the members of
                                    the Executive Committee shall be entitled to
                                    rely in good faith upon the recommendations,
                                    reports  and  advice  given them by any such
                                    persons in the course of their  professional
                                    engagement.

                           v.       No Limited  Partners shall have any right or
                                    power to  participate in or have any control
                                    over the  Partnership  business,  affairs or
                                    operations or to act for or to bind the


                                       36

<PAGE>



                                    Partnership in any manner whatsoever, and no
                                    Limited   Partner   shall  be   required  or
                                    permitted to consent to,  acquiesce in, vote
                                    on or  approve  any  action  or act taken or
                                    decision made by the General Partners or the
                                    Executive  Committee,  except  as  otherwise
                                    specifically provided in this Agreement.

                  b.       Members of the Executive Committee.

                           i.       The Executive  Committee  shall be comprised
                                    of three  individuals,  two appointed by the
                                    Westbrook  Partner  Group  and one by Ronto.
                                    The   initial   members  of  the   Executive
                                    Committee  shall  be  Jonathan  H.  Paul and
                                    Richard P. Hoch,  appointed by the Westbrook
                                    Partner   Group,   and  A.   Jack   Solomon,
                                    appointed  by Ronto.  Each  General  Partner
                                    may, by written notice to the other,  remove
                                    any person  appointed  by such  Partner  and
                                    appoint  a  substitute  therefor;  provided,
                                    however,  that any new person  appointed  by
                                    the Executive Committee by any Partner, must
                                    either  (i) be a partner,  managing  member,
                                    officer,   director   or  employee  of  such
                                    Partner or of an Affiliate of such  Partner,
                                    or  (ii)  be  approved   by  the   Executive
                                    Committee   member(s)   appointed   by   the
                                    non-appointing Partner, such approval not to
                                    be unreasonably  withheld. Any member of the
                                    Executive  Committee  may by written  notice
                                    delivered  to  the  other   members  of  the
                                    Executive  Committee  delegate any or all of
                                    such  member's  duties  as a  member  of the
                                    Executive   Committee  to  any  employee  of
                                    Westbrook   or   WRECIP   or  any  of  their
                                    respective  Affiliates,  on the one hand, or
                                    Ronto or any of its Affiliates, on the other
                                    hand,  as the case may be, and any decisions
                                    or actions taken by such  delegate  shall be
                                    fully  binding as if taken by such member of
                                    the Executive Committee.

                           ii.      A quorum of the Executive Committee shall be
                                    two  members,   and  all  decisions  by  the
                                    Executive   Committee   shall   require  the
                                    affirmative  vote of a  majority  of all the
                                    members  of  the  Executive  Committee  at a
                                    meeting  at which a quorum is  present.  The
                                    Executive  Committee shall meet from time to
                                    time no less frequently than quarterly (such
                                    quarterly  meetings to be  scheduled  by the
                                    Executive  Committee,  or such meeting shall
                                    have   been   waived,   by   the   Executive
                                    Committee),  but as  often as  necessary  or
                                    desirable   to  carry  out  its   management
                                    functions.  Meetings  shall  be  held at the
                                    offices  of  the   Partnership   in  Naples,
                                    Florida,   unless  otherwise   agreed.   The
                                    Venture  Coordinator  will prepare an agenda
                                    for each such  meeting  and will  distribute
                                    such agenda to each member of the  Executive
                                    Committee  at least a week in advance of any
                                    such  meeting.  Any member of the  Executive
                                    Committee may convene a meeting thereof upon
                                    at least 7 business  days'  prior  notice to


                                       37

<PAGE>



                                    the other members  specifying the date, time
                                    and place of meeting  and the agenda for the
                                    meeting.  The  Executive  Committee may also
                                    hold  meetings by telephone  (in lieu of any
                                    meeting  in  person),  may vote by proxy and
                                    may make  decisions by written  consent of a
                                    quorum  of  the  members  of  the  Executive
                                    Committee.   The  Executive   Committee  may
                                    appoint such officers as it deems  necessary
                                    for its proper functioning and may have such
                                    other  rules  of   procedure   as  it  shall
                                    determine.  A written record of all meetings
                                    of the Executive Committee and all decisions
                                    made by it  shall  be  made  by the  Venture
                                    Coordinator,  as Secretary of the  Executive
                                    Committee,  and kept in the  records  of the
                                    Partnership and shall be initialed or signed
                                    by  each  of the  members  of the  Executive
                                    Committee.  The  approval  of any Budget and
                                    Operating  Plan  will  be  evidenced  by the
                                    signing  or  initialing  of a  copy  of  the
                                    approved  version by each of the  members of
                                    the  Executive  Committee.   Minutes  and/or
                                    resolutions of the Executive Committee, when
                                    initialed  or signed by each of the  members
                                    of the Executive Committee, shall be binding
                                    and  conclusive  evidence  of the  decisions
                                    reflected  therein  and  any  authorizations
                                    granted   thereby.   Each   member   of  the
                                    Executive   Committee   shall   be  free  to
                                    represent  the  views and  positions  of the
                                    Partner whom he represents.

                           iii.     Except  as  otherwise   determined   by  the
                                    Executive Committee, no member thereof shall
                                    be  entitled  to receive any salary or other
                                    remuneration or expense  reimbursement  from
                                    the Partnership for his services as a member
                                    of the Executive Committee.

                  c.       Administrative Partner

                           i.      The Executive  Committee  shall designate one
                                   of  the  General   Partners  to  act  as  the
                                   administrative  partner  of  the  Partnership
                                   (the "Administrative  Partner") and implement
                                   the decisions of the Executive Committee. The
                                   Administrative  Partner shall (i) conduct the
                                   business of the  Partnership  on a day-to-day
                                   basis in accordance with the standard of care
                                   required   of   prudent    and    experienced
                                   third-party asset managers performing similar
                                   functions  in   accordance   with   customary
                                   industry  standards,  and in accordance  with
                                   the Operating Plan and such other  guidelines
                                   as  shall  be   adopted   by  the   Executive
                                   Committee,  (ii) perform the Asset Management
                                   Services  for  the  Property  and  all  other
                                   Partnership   Property,   (iii)  perform  the
                                   duties  assigned  to it under this  Agreement
                                   and  (iv)   carry  out  all   decisions   and
                                   resolutions of the Executive  Committee.  The
                                   initial   Administrative   Partner  shall  be
                                   Ronto,  which shall remain the Administrative


                                       38

<PAGE>


                                   Partner   until  changed  by  action  of  the
                                   Executive   Committee   or  unless  Ronto  is
                                   terminated  as  the  Administrative   Partner
                                   pursuant  to  Section   6.03(e)  or  6.03(g).
                                   Subject to the  limitations set forth in this
                                   Agreement and the  guidelines  adopted by the
                                   Executive   Committee,   the   Administrative
                                   Partner, on behalf of the Partnership,  shall
                                   have the power and  authority  to enter  into
                                   contracts  on behalf of the  Partnership,  to
                                   execute    and   deliver    deeds,    leases,
                                   assignments,  bills of sale, satisfactions of
                                   mortgages, releases and other instruments and
                                   documents  and to  make  expenditures  as are
                                   required  to  implement  the  Budget  and the
                                   Operating  Plan,  but only to the extent that
                                   any such expenditures and amounts required to
                                   be  paid  by  the   Partnership   under  such
                                   contracts, deeds, leases, assignments,  bills
                                   of sale, satisfactions of mortgages, releases
                                   and  other   instruments   and  documents  or
                                   otherwise  are not in excess of  $5,000.00 or
                                   5% (whichever  is greater)  above the amounts
                                   provided therefor in the then-current Budget,
                                   subject   to  the   provisions   of   Section
                                   6.01(a)(v),  or  which  have  otherwise  been
                                   approved  by  the  Executive  Committee.  The
                                   Administrative  Partner shall not receive any
                                   fees or compensation or any reimbursement for
                                   compensation  payable to any of its employees
                                   or other  direct or indirect  overhead  which
                                   may be attributable to the performance of its
                                   duties  as the  Administrative  Partner.  The
                                   foregoing  sentence is not  intended to limit
                                   or  prohibit  any  fees or  compensation  set
                                   forth  in  the  Development  Agreement.   The
                                   Administrative  Partner is hereby  authorized
                                   to  execute  and  deliver,  on  behalf of the
                                   Partnership,    any   and   all   agreements,
                                   instruments or documents  necessary to effect
                                   the acquisition of the Property.

                           ii.     Notwithstanding   anything  to  the  contrary
                                   provided in Section  6.01(a)(iii),  if at the
                                   beginning of any calendar year the Budget and
                                   Operating Plan or any item or portion thereof
                                   shall not have been approved by the Executive
                                   Committee then:

                                    (1)      Any items or portions of the Budget
                                             and  Operating  Plan and amounts of
                                             expenses   provided  therein  which
                                             have been so approved  shall become
                                             operative   immediately   and   the
                                             Administrative   Partner  shall  be
                                             entitled   to   expend   funds   in
                                             accordance   with  those  operative
                                             portions;

                                    (2)      With  respect  to the  Budget,  the
                                             Administrative   Partner  shall  be
                                             entitled  to expend,  in respect of


                                       39

<PAGE>



                                             noncapital,  recurring  expenses in
                                             any  quarter  of the  then  current
                                             calendar  year,  an amount equal to
                                             the   budgeted   amount   for   the
                                             corresponding    quarter   of   the
                                             immediately    preceding   calendar
                                             year,   as   set   forth   on   the
                                             immediately preceding calendar year
                                             Budget after  giving  effect to any
                                             dispositions   or  other   material
                                             changes to the Partnership Property
                                             or its operations  during the prior
                                             year;  provided,  however,  that if
                                             any   contract   approved   by  the
                                             Executive Committee provides for an
                                             automatic    increase    in   costs
                                             thereunder  after the  beginning of
                                             the  then-current   calendar  year,
                                             then  the  Administrative   Partner
                                             shall be  entitled  to  expend  the
                                             amount of such increase; and

                                    (3)      The Administrative Partner shall be
                                             entitled to expend funds in respect
                                             of    debt     service    on    the
                                             Partnership's  financing (including
                                             the expense of curing any  defaults
                                             thereunder),  real estate taxes and
                                             assessments,  emergency repairs and
                                             other     immediately     necessary
                                             expenditures    to   continue   the
                                             operation   of   the    Partnership
                                             Property,      utility     charges,
                                             additions, modifications or repairs
                                             to comply with  applicable  laws or
                                             insurance  requirements,  insurance
                                             premiums  for  insurance   policies
                                             approved    by    the     Executive
                                             Committee,    any   final   orders,
                                             judgments or other  proceedings and
                                             all  costs  and  expenses   related
                                             thereto,  and loan  servicing  fees
                                             approved by the Executive Committee
                                             including  the  fees  and  expenses
                                             payable  pursuant to this Agreement
                                             and   fees    pursuant   to   other
                                             agreements    approved    by    the
                                             Executive  Committee  regardless of
                                             whether   the   Budget   has   been
                                             approved     or    whether     such
                                             expenditures   exceed  the  amounts
                                             provided  for  in  the   applicable
                                             Budget  (collectively,   "Necessary
                                             Expenses"). ------------------

                           iii.     In addition to and  without  limiting  other
                                    duties  set  forth  in this  Agreement,  the
                                    Administrative Partner shall:


                                       40

<PAGE>




                                    (1)      Oversee    the    operations    and
                                             management on a day-to-day basis of
                                             any  and  all of the  assets  which
                                             comprise the Partnership Property;

                                    (2)      Take  all  proper   and   necessary
                                             actions   reasonably   required  to
                                             cause the Partnership and all third
                                             parties at all times to perform and
                                             comply    with    the    provisions
                                             (including,  without  being limited
                                             to, any  provisions  requiring  the
                                             expenditure   of   funds   by   the
                                             Partnership)     of    any     loan
                                             commitment,   agreement,  mortgage,
                                             lease,     or    other    contract,
                                             instrument  or  agreement  to which
                                             the Partnership is a party or which
                                             affects any Partnership Property or
                                             the operation thereof;

                                    (3)      Pay   in  a   timely   manner   all
                                             non-disputed  operating expenses of
                                             the  Partnership in accordance with
                                             the  terms  of the  Budget  and the
                                             Operating   Plan  or  as  otherwise
                                             provided herein;

                                    (4)      Obtain   and   maintain   insurance
                                             coverage on Partnership  Properties
                                             as   required   by  the   Executive
                                             Committee and pay all  non-disputed
                                             taxes,  assessments,   charges  and
                                             fees payable in connection with the
                                             ownership, use and occupancy of the
                                             Partnership Properties;

                                    (5)      Deliver   to  the   other   General
                                             Partner  promptly  upon the receipt
                                             or sending  thereof,  copies of all
                                             notices, reports and communications
                                             between  the  Partnership  and  any
                                             holder of a mortgage  affecting all
                                             or any  portion of any  Partnership
                                             Property   which   relates  to  any
                                             existing    or   pending    default
                                             thereunder  or to any  financial or
                                             operational information required by
                                             such Person;

                                    (6)      Deposit    all    receipts     from
                                             operations   of   the   Partnership
                                             Property to a separate account


                                       41

<PAGE>



                                             established  and  maintained by the
                                             Administrative  Partner,  and shall
                                             not commingle  those  receipts with
                                             any other  funds or accounts of the
                                             Administrative Partner; and

                                    (7)      If   the   Administrative   Partner
                                             subcontracts  with third parties or
                                             any  of  its   Affiliates  for  the
                                             performance  of any of the services
                                             to    be     performed    by    the
                                             Administrative  Partner,  supervise
                                             and oversee the  performance of the
                                             services  performed  by such  third
                                             parties or Affiliates (in the event
                                             of any such subcontract, references
                                             in this  Agreement to actions taken
                                             or   to    be    taken    by    the
                                             Administrative     Partner    shall
                                             include  actions  taken  or  to  be
                                             taken by such subcontractors).

                           iv.      Except  as  specifically  set  forth  to the
                                    contrary    in    this    Agreement,     the
                                    Administrative    Partner   shall   not   be
                                    obligated  to  make  any   expenditures   or
                                    advance   any   funds  on   behalf   of  the
                                    Partnership  except  from  the  accounts  of
                                    funds of the Partnership.  In addition,  the
                                    Administrative  Partner  shall not,  without
                                    prior  approval of the  Executive  Committee
                                    unless  previously  approved or specifically
                                    provided for in a Budget or  Operating  Plan
                                    or  in  this  Agreement,   take  any  action
                                    constituting a Major Decision.

                           v.       The Executive Committee shall have the right
                                    at any time in its  discretion  to terminate
                                    the Administrative  Partner's appointment as
                                    Administrative   Partner  hereunder  and  to
                                    appoint a successor  Administrative  Partner
                                    acceptable to the Executive Committee in its
                                    sole discretion.

                           vi.      So  long  as  Ronto  is  the  Administrative
                                    Partner,  A.  Jack  Solomon,  solely  as  an
                                    employee    of    Ronto    (the     "Venture
                                    Coordinator")      will     have     primary
                                    responsibility    for   fulfilling   Ronto's
                                    obligations as the  Administrative  Partner,
                                    including, without limitation, to overseeing
                                    the day-to-day  operations and activities of
                                    the  Partnership.  The Executive  Committee,
                                    for  so  long  as A.  Jack  Solomon  is  the
                                    Venture Coordinator, shall have the right to
                                    cause the  Partnership to maintain a Key-Man
                                    Life   Insurance   Policy  (the   "Insurance
                                    Requirement")for   A.  Jack  Solomon  in  an


                                       42

<PAGE>



                                    amount not less than  $5,000,000.00  (or the
                                    maximum  amount  available  if the less than
                                    $5,000,000.00)   of  which  the  Partnership
                                    shall  be the  sole  beneficiary,  provided,
                                    however,   that  the   foregoing   Insurance
                                    Requirement shall be deemed satisfied to the
                                    extent   Lely   Golf   Villas   II   Limited
                                    Partnership  obtains  such  insurance.  Such
                                    policy  shall be  effective  no  later  than
                                    April 1, 1998. The Venture  Coordinator will
                                    devote such amount of his annual services as
                                    is  reasonably  necessary  to perform  those
                                    functions for the Partnership. The Westbrook
                                    Partner Group will have the right to approve
                                    any replacement Venture  Coordinator,  which
                                    approval may be unreasonably  withheld.  The
                                    Venture  Coordinator  shall devote such time
                                    and attention to the  Partnership's  affairs
                                    and   operations   as  shall  be  reasonably
                                    necessary  to discharge  the  Administrative
                                    Partner's  responsibilities  and obligations
                                    to the  Partnership in accordance  with this
                                    Agreement.

                           vii.     Ronto's  appointment  as the  Administrative
                                    Partner  shall  automatically  terminate  if
                                    Ronto (or a permitted transferee thereof) no
                                    longer owns an interest in the Partnership.


                  d.       Services  and  Fees.  Except  as set  forth  in  this
                           Section  6.04 or in the  Development  Agreement,  any
                           agreements  with any Affiliate of any Partner must be
                           approved by the Executive Committee and no other fees
                           or  compensation  will be paid by the  Partnership to
                           any Partner or any of its  Affiliates.  Neither Ronto
                           nor any of its  Affiliates  will be  entitled  to any
                           brokerage,  leasing or other fees associated with the
                           management  and  sale  of  any  of  the   Partnership
                           Properties   and   will  not  be   entitled   to  any
                           reimbursement  for its  employees  or other direct or
                           indirect  overhead,  except as expressly  approved by
                           the  Executive  Committee  or as  set  forth  in  the
                           Development Agreement.

                  e.       Duties and Conflicts.

                           i.       The General  Partners  and their  respective
                                    officers,  employees  and  Affiliates  shall
                                    devote such time to the Partnership business
                                    as they deem to be necessary or desirable in
                                    connection with their respective  duties and
                                    responsibilities    hereunder.   Except   as
                                    provided hereunder or as otherwise agreed to
                                    in writing  by the  General  Partners  or as
                                    approved by the Executive Committee, neither
                                    any  General   Partner   nor  any   partner,
                                    shareholder,   member,  officer,   director,
                                    employee,  agent  or  representative  of any
                                    General Partner shall receive any salary or


                                       43

<PAGE>



                                    other remuneration for its services rendered
                                    pursuant to this Agreement.

                           ii.      Each of the Partners recognizes that each of
                                    the  other   Partners   and  its   partners,
                                    shareholders,  members, officers, directors,
                                    employees,   agents,   representatives   and
                                    Affiliates  have or may have other  business
                                    interests,  activities and investments, some
                                    of which may be in conflict  or  competition
                                    with the  business  of the  Partnership  and
                                    that  each  of the  other  Partners  and its
                                    partners,  shareholders,  members,  officers
                                    and    directors,     employees,     agents,
                                    representatives  and Affiliates are entitled
                                    to carry on such other  business  interests,
                                    activities  and  investments.  Each  of  the
                                    Partners   may   engage  in  or  possess  an
                                    interest in any other business or venture of
                                    any  kind,  independently  or  with  others,
                                    including,   without   limitation,   owning,
                                    financing,  acquiring,  leasing,  promoting,
                                    developing,  improving,  operating, managing
                                    and  servicing  real  property  and mortgage
                                    loans  on its own  behalf  or on  behalf  of
                                    other   entities   with  which  any  of  the
                                    Partners is  affiliated  or  otherwise,  and
                                    each of the  Partners may engage in any such
                                    activities,  whether or not competitive with
                                    the  Partnership,  without any obligation to
                                    offer any interest in such activities to the
                                    Partnership   or  to  the  other   Partners.
                                    Neither  the   Partnership   nor  the  other
                                    Partners shall have any right,  by virtue of
                                    this Agreement, in or to such activities, or
                                    the income or profits derived therefrom, and
                                    the  pursuit  of  such  activities,  even if
                                    competitive   with  the   business   of  the
                                    Partnership, shall not be deemed wrongful or
                                    improper.

                  f.       Partnership Expenses. Except as otherwise provided in
                           this  Agreement  and except for any costs to be borne
                           by any  third  party  under  any  agreement  with the
                           Partnership, the Partnership shall be responsible for
                           paying,  and shall pay, all direct costs and expenses
                           related to the  business  of the  Partnership  and of
                           acquiring,  holding, owning,  developing,  servicing,
                           collecting   upon  and  operating   the   Partnership
                           Property,  including,  without limitation,  all costs
                           and expenses relating to any governmental consents or
                           approvals  required of the  Partnership or any of the
                           Partners  to  be  obtained  in  connection  with  the
                           closing of the  acquisition of the Property and which
                           have been disclosed to the Partners prior to the date
                           hereof,  costs of financing  (including the Letter of
                           Credit),   fees  and   disbursements   of  attorneys,
                           financial advisors, accountants,  appraisers, brokers
                           and engineers,  travel expenses,  and all other fees,
                           costs  and  expenses  directly  attributable  to  the
                           business and  operations of the  Partnership.  In the
                           event any such  costs and  expenses  are or have been


                                       44

<PAGE>



                           paid by any Partner,  such Partner  shall be entitled
                           to be  reimbursed  for such  payment  so long as such
                           payment  is  reasonably   necessary  for  Partnership
                           business or  operations  and has been approved by the
                           Executive  Committee  or is expressly  authorized  in
                           this Agreement or the appropriate Budget or Operating
                           Plan.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  in no  event
                           shall the  Partnership  have any obligation to pay or
                           reimburse  any  Partner  for  any  general   overhead
                           expense of such Partner.

         39.      SALE AND DEFAULT BUY-SELL PROVISIONS

                  a.       First Offer.  The Westbrook  Partner Group may at any
                           time  deliver a notice (a "First  Offer  Notice")  to
                           Ronto  stating a gross  purchase  price (the "Offered
                           Price")  at  which  the  Westbrook  Partner  Group is
                           prepared  to have the  Partnership  sell  the  entire
                           Property.  Upon delivery of a First Offer Notice, the
                           following terms shall govern the Partners' actions:

                           i.       Within  sixty (60) days  after  receipt of a
                                    First Offer Notice (the "Response  Period"),
                                    Ronto  shall,  by  notice  to the  Westbrook
                                    Partner Group,  elect either to purchase the
                                    Property from the  Partnership  on the terms
                                    and  conditions  provided  in  this  Section
                                    7.01, or to permit the Partnership to convey
                                    the  Property  to a third  party  during the
                                    eighteen (18)-month period following Ronto's
                                    election (the "Sales Period") so long as the
                                    gross  purchase  price  in such  transaction
                                    (which   may   be   subject   to   customary
                                    adjustments)  is  at  least  ninety  percent
                                    (90%)  of the  Offered  Price.  In  order to
                                    elect to purchase,  Ronto must,  at the time
                                    of  delivering  its  election  to  purchase,
                                    deliver a  deposit  (the  "Deposit")  to the
                                    Partnership  in an  amount  equal  to  three
                                    percent (3%) of the Offered Price.  If Ronto
                                    fails timely to respond,  it shall be deemed
                                    to have  elected to permit a sale during the
                                    Sales Period,  which such election  shall be
                                    deemed to have  occurred  as of the last day
                                    of the Response  Period.  If the Partnership
                                    fails to sell the Property  prior to the end
                                    of the Sales  Period,  for any reason  other
                                    than   failure  on  the  part  of  Ronto  to
                                    cooperate   in  such   sale  as   reasonably
                                    requested by the  Westbrook  Partner  Group,
                                    the  Westbrook  Partner  Group  shall not be
                                    entitled to require the  Partnership to sell
                                    the Property  without again  complying  with
                                    the provisions of this Section 7.01.

                           ii.      Any  closing of  purchase  and sale to Ronto
                                    under this  Section 7.01 will be held at the
                                    Partnership's  principal  office  and  shall
                                    take  place  on the  date 90  calendar  days
                                    after  the date on  which  Ronto  elects  to
                                    purchase or is deemed to have elected


                                       45

<PAGE>



                                    to  purchase  the  Property   (the  "Closing
                                    Date").  All  transfer,  stamp and recording
                                    taxes  imposed  on  the  transfer  shall  be
                                    payable by the Partnership.  Ronto shall pay
                                    for  all  recording  costs.   Taxes  on  the
                                    Property  shall  be  prorated   between  the
                                    Partnership  and  Ronto on the  basis of the
                                    taxes paid for the most  recent  fiscal year
                                    that has been  assessed  and billed.  If the
                                    actual taxes for the year of closing are not
                                    determinable  at  the  Closing  Date,  taxes
                                    shall be reprorated  promptly after issuance
                                    of the tax  bill  for the  year of  closing.
                                    Special assessment liens certified as of the
                                    closing  shall  be paid by the  Partnership.
                                    Ronto  shall  substitute  a letter of credit
                                    for  any  Letter  of  Credit,   if  any,  or
                                    otherwise  release  each  of  the  Westbrook
                                    Partner  Group from each of its  obligations
                                    relating   thereto,   all   subject  to  the
                                    Westbrook  Partner  Group's  approval.   All
                                    other liens  shall be assumed by Ronto.  The
                                    Partnership  shall be responsible for paying
                                    management fees, insurance, debt service and
                                    other  operating  costs  up to  the  Closing
                                    Date.

                           iii.     At the  closing on any sale of the  Property
                                    to  Ronto  pursuant  to  Section  7.01,  the
                                    Offered  Price,   adjusted  as  provided  in
                                    Section  7.01(b),   shall  be  paid  to  the
                                    Partnership  by wire transfer of immediately
                                    available  federal  funds,  and the Property
                                    shall be conveyed to Ronto,  or its nominee,
                                    subject   to   the   then   existing   title
                                    encumbrances,  other than the Westbrook Loan
                                    and the WRECIP  Loan  which the  Partnership
                                    shall   satisfy  at   closing   out  of  the
                                    proceeds.  In the event that Ronto  fails to
                                    proceed  with the closing,  the  Partnership
                                    shall  retain the Deposit and Ronto shall be
                                    in default hereunder.

                           iv.      No brokerage  fees or  commissions  shall be
                                    payable  by the  Partnership  in  connection
                                    with any purchase by Ronto  pursuant to this
                                    Section 7.01, and Ronto shall  indemnify and
                                    hold  harmless  the  Partnership   from  and
                                    against any such claims,  including any fees
                                    and expenses in  defending  against any such
                                    claims.

                  b.       Sale of  Property.  If the  Westbrook  Partner  Group
                           gives Ronto a First Offer Notice  pursuant to Section
                           7.01  and  Ronto  fails  to  elect  to  purchase  the
                           Property as permitted by Section 7.01(b),  during the
                           Sales Period the Westbrook  Partner Group may require
                           the Partnership to (i) incur reasonable and customary
                           expenses  in  connection  with the  marketing  of the
                           entire  Property,  such as the preparation of studies
                           and brochures and legal fees to prepare and negotiate
                           agreements,  (ii) retain on an exclusive basis one or
                           more  brokers  designated  by the  Westbrook  Partner


                                       46

<PAGE>



                           Group and (iii) enter into a Qualifying  Purchase and
                           Sale  Agreement.  A  "Qualifying  Purchase  and  Sale
                           Agreement"  means an agreement  which  satisfies  the
                           following requirements:

                           i.       It is in a form  approved  by the  Westbrook
                                    Partner Group;

                           ii.      It is with a buyer  which  has a  reasonably
                                    demonstrable  financial  capability  to make
                                    the deposits  required  under the  agreement
                                    and to provide  the equity  which,  together
                                    with   generally   available    conventional
                                    mortgage  financing,  will be  sufficient to
                                    pay  the   purchase   price  as   reasonably
                                    determined by the Westbrook Partner Group;

                           iii.     It provides for a closing within one hundred
                                    and  twenty   (120)  days  of  the  date  of
                                    execution of the agreement;

                           iv.      Any   diligence  or   investigation   period
                                    provided  for in the  agreement  expires not
                                    later than sixty (60) days after the date of
                                    execution of the agreement;

                           v.       It requires a deposit upon  execution of the
                                    agreement  (which may be  refundable  to the
                                    buyer if the  agreement is terminated by the
                                    buyer  prior  to  the   expiration   of  the
                                    diligence  or  investigation  period)  of at
                                    least 1% of the gross purchase price;

                           vi.      It  requires  that,  as of  the  end  of the
                                    diligence or investigation period, the buyer
                                    must  have  made  aggregate  deposits  of at
                                    least 3% of the gross  purchase  price,  and
                                    provides   that   such    deposits    become
                                    nonrefundable as of the end of the diligence
                                    or investigation period unless the agreement
                                    is  terminated  as a result of a default  by
                                    the  seller  or  the  seller's   failure  to
                                    satisfy a customary closing condition.

The  Administrative  Partner shall arrange for property  tours,  inspections and
studies  of  the  Property  and  obtain  title  commitments,  environmental  and
construction  reports,  market  studies or other  materials  to  facilitate  the
marketing and sale of the Property as requested by the Westbrook  Partner Group.
Ronto shall execute and deliver in connection with any agreement to sell or sale
of  the  Property  such  customary  representations  and  warranties  and  other
certificates  and  instruments  as the buyer may  reasonably  request  and shall
cooperate  with the  Westbrook  Partner  Group in such  manner as the  Westbrook
Partner Group may request to facilitate the sale of the Property.


                                       47

<PAGE>



                  c.       Default Buy-Sell.  Upon the occurrence of an Event of
                           Default  by a Partner  and  compliance  with  Section
                           12.02,  Ronto (if the  defaulting  Partner  is in the
                           Westbrook  Partner  Group)  or  any  Partner  in  the
                           Westbrook Partner Group (if the defaulting Partner is
                           Ronto)  will  have  the  right  to make an  offer  as
                           described below (the "Default Buy-Sell Offer") to the
                           defaulting Partner as set forth below:

                           i.       The  Default  Buy-Sell  Offer  shall  be  in
                                    writing and be signed by the  non-defaulting
                                    Partner  and may be given at any time  while
                                    the Event of Default is continuing.

                           ii.      The  non-defaulting  Partner  shall have the
                                    right to  deliver a notice in  writing  (the
                                    "Default   Election")   to  the   defaulting
                                    Partner  within  30  calendar  days from the
                                    date of the Default Buy-Sell Offer requiring
                                    the defaulting Partner to either:

                                    (1)      Sell to the non-defaulting  Partner
                                             all  of  the  defaulting  Partner's
                                             right, title and interest in and to
                                             its  Interest  and in any  loans to
                                             the Partnership for a cash purchase
                                             price  that if  distributed  by the
                                             Partnership  on the date paid would
                                             provide the defaulting Partner with
                                             (A)  the  return  of  its   Capital
                                             Contributions, and (B) repayment of
                                             any  loans  made by the  defaulting
                                             Partner to the Partnership; or

                                    (2)      Purchase all of the  non-defaulting
                                             Partner's right, title and interest
                                             in and to its  Interest  and in any
                                             loans to the Partnership for a cash
                                             purchase  price that if distributed
                                             by the Partnership on the date paid
                                             would  provide  the  non-defaulting
                                             Partner with (A) the  distributions
                                             specified   for  such   Partner  in
                                             Section   5.04   hereof  (but  with
                                             returns  on  Capital  Contributions
                                             calculated  using one and  one-half
                                             times the  amount of the  aggregate
                                             Capital    Contributions   of   the
                                             non-defaulting  Partner),  and  (B)
                                             the  repayment of any loans made by
                                             the  non-defaulting  Partner to the
                                             Partnership     on    the     terms
                                             specifically  provided  herein,  in


                                       48

<PAGE>



                                             the Westbrook Note, the WRECIP Note
                                             or any subsequent  promissory  note
                                             or similar debt instrument.

The non-defaulting Partner shall have full discretion to elect either clause (i)
or (ii) in the Default Election.

                           iii.     All  closings of any purchase and sale under
                                    this  Section  7.03  shall  be  held  at the
                                    Partnership's  principal  office  and  shall
                                    take  place  on the  date 30  calendar  days
                                    after  the  defaulting   Partner's   Default
                                    Election  or deemed  Default  Election.  All
                                    transfer,  stamp  and  recording  taxes  and
                                    other  closing costs imposed on the transfer
                                    shall be payable by the defaulting Partner.

                           iv.      Each  Partner  shall be  entitled to enforce
                                    its  rights   under  this  Section  7.03  by
                                    specific  performance.  No Default  Buy-Sell
                                    Offer  may be made  until  all  periods  for
                                    making elections and performing  obligations
                                    under any previous  Default  Buy-Sell  Offer
                                    pursuant  to this  Section  7.03  shall have
                                    terminated. Upon making any Default Buy-Sell
                                    Offer   under   this   Section   7.03,   any
                                    previously   made   election   by  Ronto  to
                                    purchase  the  Property  pursuant to Section
                                    7.01  which  has  not yet  been  consummated
                                    shall be deemed terminated.

                           v.       Any Partner may freely assign its rights and
                                    obligations pursuant to this Section 7.03 to
                                    any other third party, by delivering  notice
                                    of such  assignment  to the other  Partners,
                                    provided that the assigning  Partners  shall
                                    remain liable for any and all obligations of
                                    its  assignee,  as if such  Partners had not
                                    assigned its rights pursuant to this Section
                                    7.03(e).

                  d.       Termination  of Other  Agreements.  If any  Partner's
                           Interest is  purchased  under this  Article  VII, all
                           other   agreements  the  Partnership  has  with  such
                           Partner or any of its  Affiliates  will be terminated
                           on the date such Partner's Interest is purchased, and
                           if  applicable,  such Partner will no longer serve as
                           the  Administrative  Partner and such Partner will no
                           longer have the power to appoint any member(s) of the
                           Executive  Committee.  Upon  termination  of any such
                           other agreement, the Partnership will pay any amounts
                           then actually owed under such other  agreement on the
                           date of termination.

                  e.       Power of  Attorney.  In the  event  that  either  the
                           Westbrook  Partner  Group under  Section  7.01 or the
                           non-defaulting Partner under Section 7.03, on the one
                           hand,   or  the  Ronto  under  Section  7.01  or  the
                           defaulting Partner under Section 7.03, on the


                                       49

<PAGE>



                           other hand, shall have failed or refused, within five
                           calendar  days after  receipt of a notice from any of
                           the other Partners  requesting such party to execute,
                           acknowledge and deliver such documents,  or cause the
                           same to be done,  as shall be required to  effectuate
                           the  provisions  of Sections  7.01 or 7.03,  then the
                           purchasing  Partner  may  execute,   acknowledge  and
                           deliver such  documents  for, on behalf of and in the
                           stead of the  selling  Partner,  and such  execution,
                           acknowledgment and delivery by the Purchasing Partner
                           shall  be for  all  purposes  effective  against  and
                           binding  upon the  selling  Partner  as  though  such
                           execution,  acknowledgment  and  delivery had been by
                           the selling Partner.  The Westbrook Partner Group, on
                           the one hand, and Ronto, on the other hand, do hereby
                           constitute  and appoint the other of them as the true
                           and lawful  attorney in fact of such  Partner and the
                           successors and assigns  thereof,  in the name,  place
                           and  stead  of  such  Partner  or the  successors  or
                           assigns  thereof,  as the  case may be,  to  execute,
                           acknowledge  and deliver such  documents in the event
                           such  Partner  shall be a selling  Partner  under the
                           circumstances  contemplated  by this Section 7.05. It
                           in expressly understood,  intended and agreed by each
                           Partner,  for such  Partner  and its  successors  and
                           assigns,  that the grant of the power of  attorney to
                           any other  Partner  pursuant to this  Section 7.05 is
                           coupled with an interest,  is  irrevocable  and shall
                           survive the death,  termination or legal incompetency
                           of such granting Partner,  as the case may be, or the
                           assignment of the Interest of such granting  Partner,
                           or the dissolution Of the Partnership.

         40.      BOOKS AND RECORDS

                  a.       Books and Records.  The Administrative  Partner shall
                           maintain,  or cause to be maintained,  at the expense
                           of  the  Partnership,   in  a  manner  customary  and
                           consistent   with   generally   accepted   accounting
                           principles,  practices  and  procedures in the United
                           States  ("U.S.  GAAP"),  a  comprehensive  system  of
                           office  records,  books and accounts  (which records,
                           books and  accounts  shall be and remain the property
                           of the  Partnership)  in which shall be entered fully
                           and accurately each and every  financial  transaction
                           with respect to the  ownership  and  operation of the
                           Partnership  Property.  Bills,  receipts and vouchers
                           shall  be  maintained  on file by the  Administrative
                           Partner.  The  Administrative  Partner shall maintain
                           said books and accounts in a safe manner and separate
                           from any records  not having to do directly  with the
                           Partnership   or  any   Partnership   Property.   The
                           Administrative  Partner  shall  cause  audits  to  be
                           performed on an annual basis,  in accordance with the
                           required  financial   reporting  time  table  of  the
                           Westbrook Partner Group, and audited statements


                                       50

<PAGE>



                           and income tax  returns to be prepared as required by
                           Section 8.03. Such books and records of account shall
                           be  prepared  and  maintained  by the  Administrative
                           Partner at the  principal  place of  business  of the
                           Partnership  or such other  place or places as may be
                           determined  by the Executive  Committee  from time to
                           time.   Each   Partner   or   its   duly   authorized
                           representative  shall  have  the  right  to  inspect,
                           examine and copy such books and records of account at
                           the Partnership's  office during reasonable  business
                           hours.  A  reasonable  charge for  copying  books and
                           records may be charged by the Partnership.

                  b.       Accounting   and  Fiscal  Year.   The  books  of  the
                           Partnership  shall  be kept on the  accrual  basis in
                           accordance  with U.S. GAAP and on a tax basis and the
                           Partnership  shall  report  its  operations  for  tax
                           purposes on the accrual  method.  The fiscal year and
                           tax year of the Partnership  shall end on December 31
                           of each year,  unless a  different  tax year shall be
                           required by the Code.

                  c.       Reports.

                           i.       The  Administrative  Partner will prepare at
                                    the expense of the  Partnership  and furnish
                                    to each  Partner  within  21  calendar  days
                                    after the end of each fiscal  quarter of the
                                    Partnership  (i) unless such fiscal  quarter
                                    is the last  fiscal  quarter  of any  fiscal
                                    year of the  Partnership,  (A) an  unaudited
                                    balance sheet of the Partnership dated as of
                                    the  end  of  such  fiscal  quarter,  (B) an
                                    unaudited  related  income  statement of the
                                    Partnership for such fiscal quarter,  (C) an
                                    unaudited   statement   of  each   Partner's
                                    Capital Account for such fiscal quarter, and
                                    (D) an unaudited  statement of cash flows of
                                    the  Partnership for such fiscal quarter and
                                    (ii) a status  report  of the  Partnership's
                                    activities   during  such  fiscal   quarter,
                                    including summary  descriptions of additions
                                    to,  dispositions  of and  construction  and
                                    development of Partnership Properties during
                                    such fiscal  quarter,  all of which shall be
                                    certified by the  Administrative  Partner as
                                    being,  to the best of its  knowledge,  true
                                    and correct.

                           ii.      The Administrative  Partner will prepare, on
                                    an  accrual  basis in  accordance  with U.S.
                                    GAAP and on a tax basis,  at the  expense of
                                    the Partnership, and furnish to each Partner
                                    no later  than  January  15 after the end of
                                    each fiscal year of the  Partnership  (i) an
                                    unaudited  balance sheet of the  Partnership
                                    dated  as of the  end of such  fiscal  year,
                                    (ii) an unaudited  related income  statement
                                    of the  Partnership  for  such  fiscal  year
                                    (iii)  an   unaudited   statement   of  each
                                    Partner's Capital Account for such


                                       51

<PAGE>



                                    fiscal year, (iv) an unaudited  statement of
                                    cash flows of the  Partnership as of the end
                                    of such  fiscal  year,  and (v)  such  other
                                    supporting  schedules,  reports  and  backup
                                    information  as reasonably  requested by any
                                    member of the Westbrook Member Group, all of
                                    which    shall   be    certified    by   the
                                    Administrative Partner as being, to the best
                                    of  its  knowledge,  true  and  correct.  In
                                    addition,  if requested by any member of the
                                    Westbrook Partner Group, the  Administrative
                                    Partner will prepare,  at the expense of the
                                    Partnership,  and  furnish to each  Partner,
                                    within  45  calendar  days  after the end of
                                    each fiscal year,  the final audited  amount
                                    of net  income of the  Partnership  for such
                                    fiscal  year and,  within 60  calendar  days
                                    after the end of such  fiscal  year,  (i) an
                                    audited  balance  sheet  of the  Partnership
                                    dated  as of the  end of such  fiscal  year,
                                    (ii) an audited related income  statement of
                                    the Partnership for such fiscal year,  (iii)
                                    an audited  statement of cash flows for such
                                    fiscal year and (iv) an audited statement of
                                    each  Partner's  Capital  Account  for  such
                                    fiscal year, all of which shall be certified
                                    by the  Administrative  Partner as being, to
                                    the best of its knowledge,  true and correct
                                    and all of which shall be  certified  in the
                                    customary    manner   by   the   Partnership
                                    Accountant  (which firm shall  provide  such
                                    balance   sheet,    income   statement   and
                                    statement  of Capital  Account in draft form
                                    to  the   Partners   for  review   prior  to
                                    finalization and certification thereof).

                           iii.     The  Administrative  Partner will furnish to
                                    each   Partner,   at  the   expense  of  the
                                    Partnership,  copies of all reports required
                                    to  be   furnished  to  any  lender  of  the
                                    Partnership.

                           iv.      The  Administrative  Partner will prepare at
                                    the expense of the  Partnership  and furnish
                                    to each  Partner  (i) not  later  than  each
                                    March 15 a  schedule  of  estimated  taxable
                                    income  of  the  Partnership  for  the  year
                                    ending on the  following  December  31, (ii)
                                    not later than each  April 30 a schedule  of
                                    estimated  taxable income of the Partnership
                                    for the nine months  ending on the following
                                    December  31, (iii) not later than each July
                                    30 a schedule of estimated taxable income of
                                    the Partnership for the six months ending on
                                    the following December 31 and (iv) not later
                                    than each October 30 a schedule of estimated
                                    taxable  income of the  Partnership  for the
                                    three   months   ending  on  the   following
                                    December 31. In addition, the Administrative
                                    Partner will prepare,  at the expense of the
                                    Partnership, and furnish to each Partner (i)
                                    not later than each  April 21 a schedule  of
                                    actual  taxable   income,   based  upon  the
                                    unaudited   books   and   records   of   the
                                    Partnership,   and   book   income   of  the
                                    Partnership  for the three months  ending on
                                    the preceding  March 31, (ii) not later than
                                    each July 21 a schedule of


                                       52

<PAGE>



                                    actual  taxable   income,   based  upon  the
                                    unaudited   books   and   records   of   the
                                    Partnership,   and   book   income   of  the
                                    Partnership for the six months ending on the
                                    preceding June 30, (iii) not later than each
                                    October  21 a  schedule  of  actual  taxable
                                    income,  based upon the unaudited  books and
                                    records of the Partnership,  and book income
                                    of  the  Partnership  for  the  nine  months
                                    ending  on the  preceding  September  30 and
                                    (iv)  not  later  than  each  December  21 a
                                    schedule  of actual  taxable  income,  based
                                    upon the unaudited  books and records of the
                                    Partnership,   and   book   income   of  the
                                    Partnership  for the 11 months ending on the
                                    preceding  November 30 and of estimated book
                                    income of the  Partnership for the one month
                                    ending   on  the   following   December   31
                                    (including all estimated accruals as of such
                                    December  31). All  schedules of book income
                                    shall  be  prepared  on a U.S.  GAAP  basis.
                                    Promptly  after the end of each fiscal year,
                                    the  Administrative  Partner  will cause the
                                    Partnership   Accountant   to  prepare   and
                                    deliver  to each  Partner  a report  setting
                                    forth   in   sufficient   detail   all  such
                                    additional information and data with respect
                                    to  business  transactions  effected  by  or
                                    involving the Partnership  during the fiscal
                                    year as will enable the Partnership and each
                                    Partner to timely prepare its federal, state
                                    and local  income tax returns in  accordance
                                    with applicable laws, rules and regulations.
                                    The  Administrative  Partner  will cause the
                                    Partnership   Accountant   to  prepare   all
                                    federal,   state  and   local  tax   returns
                                    required of the  Partnership,  submit  those
                                    returns to the  Executive  Committee for its
                                    approval  not later  than  February 1 of the
                                    year  following  such  fiscal  year and will
                                    file the tax  returns  after  they have been
                                    approved by the Executive Committee.  If the
                                    Executive  Committee shall not have approved
                                    any  such  tax  return  prior  to  the  date
                                    required for the filing  thereof  (including
                                    any extensions granted),  the Administrative
                                    Partner  will timely  obtain an extension of
                                    such date to the extent such an extension is
                                    available.

                           v.       The Administrative Partner shall prepare, at
                                    Partnership    expense,    such   additional
                                    financial  reports and other  information as
                                    the Administrative Partner may determine are
                                    appropriate.

                           vi.      All  decisions as to  accounting  principles
                                    shall  be made by the  Executive  Committee,
                                    subject to the provisions of this Agreement.

                  d.       The Partnership  Accountant.  The  Partnership  shall
                           retain  as  the  auditor  for  the  Partnership  (the
                           "Partnership  Accountant") Arthur Anderson or another
                           nationally-recognized


                                       53

<PAGE>



                           accounting   firm   designated   by   the   Executive
                           Committee.  The fees and expenses of the  Partnership
                           Accountant shall be a Partnership expense.

                  e.       Reserves.   The  Executive   Committee  may,  in  its
                           discretion and subject to such conditions as it shall
                           determine,  establish  Reserves  for the purposes and
                           requirements as it may deem  appropriate,  including,
                           without limitation, reserves to purchase the Property
                           not  purchased  in  the  initial  closing  under  the
                           Property acquisition purchase and sale contract.

                  f.       The Budget and Operating Plan.

                           i.       Promptly after execution  hereof (but in any
                                    event   within   sixty   days   after   such
                                    execution), the Administrative Partner shall
                                    prepare   and   submit   to  the   Executive
                                    Committee  for its  approval  a  budget  and
                                    strategic   operating   plan  (the  "Initial
                                    Budget   and   Operating   Plan")   for  the
                                    Partnership  through December 31, 1998 which
                                    shall  set  forth  all  anticipated  income,
                                    operating  expenses  and  capital  and other
                                    costs and expenses of the  Partnership,  all
                                    of which will be based on the  strategic and
                                    comprehensive   business  plan  designed  to
                                    maximize  the  Partnership's  returns on the
                                    Partnership Property. The Initial Budget and
                                    Operating  Plan  will  be  reviewed  by  the
                                    Executive  Committee  after  six  months  of
                                    actual operating results for the Partnership
                                    Property  and only  required  amendments  or
                                    modifications  resulting  from  such  review
                                    shall  be  subject  to  Executive  Committee
                                    approval.   Thereafter,   the   Budget   and
                                    Operating   Plan  shall  be   prepared   and
                                    submitted    annually   to   the   Executive
                                    Committee at least 90 calendar days prior to
                                    the end of each fiscal year with  respect to
                                    the following  fiscal year.  In  formulating
                                    the  comprehensive  Operating  Plan,  to the
                                    extent  reasonably  feasible  at the time of
                                    preparation   thereof   the   Administrative
                                    Partner  will develop  strategies  regarding
                                    plans   for    development,    construction,
                                    rehabilitation   or   leasing  of  any  real
                                    property,  preparation  and  release  of all
                                    promotional   and    advertising    material
                                    relating  to  any  Partnership  Property  or
                                    concerning  the  Partnership,  terms for any
                                    proposed   sale   or   disposition   of  any
                                    Partnership Property, and selection of legal
                                    counsel,    accountants,    structural   and
                                    environmental  engineers and  appraisers for
                                    the Partnership to efficiently implement the
                                    Operating Plan. The  Administrative  Partner
                                    will also consider and make  recommendations
                                    to the  extent  it  deems  same  appropriate
                                    regarding   the   amendment,   modification,
                                    alteration,    change,   cancellation,    or
                                    prepayment of any indebtedness  evidenced by
                                    any  mortgage  loan  presently  or hereafter
                                    affecting any Partnership


                                       54

<PAGE>



                                    Property, and procurement of title insurance
                                    and other insurance for the Partnership,  or
                                    decrease or vary the insurance carried by or
                                    on behalf of the Partnership.  In connection
                                    with the approval of any proposed  Budget or
                                    Operating  Plan,  the  Executive   Committee
                                    shall  have  full   authority  to  make  any
                                    modifications    or   revisions   it   deems
                                    necessary or appropriate.

                           ii.      In conjunction  with the  formulation of the
                                    Operating Plan, the  Administrative  Partner
                                    will also develop  sale and other  operating
                                    guidelines for the Property for the upcoming
                                    fiscal year,  which sale and other operating
                                    guidelines   shall  include  to  the  extent
                                    reasonably   feasible   at   the   time   of
                                    preparation  thereof (i) a standard  form or
                                    forms  of   contract   to  be   offered   to
                                    prospective   purchasers,   (ii)   a   price
                                    schedule  setting  forth  proposed  purchase
                                    prices  for  each  condominium  unit for the
                                    upcoming fiscal year, (iii) a description of
                                    any inducements,  concessions,  improvements
                                    or  allowances  to  be  offered  prospective
                                    purchasers,  (iv)  a  schedule  of  existing
                                    purchase and sale  contracts  affecting  the
                                    Property,  (v) a budget  for the costs to be
                                    incurred  for the  balance of the  projected
                                    sale  period,  and  (vi)  a  summary  of the
                                    general  content and method of  presentation
                                    of the advertising program to be implemented
                                    with  respect  to  condominium  units in the
                                    Property.

         41.      TRANSFER OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS

                  a.       No  Transfer.   Except  as  expressly   permitted  or
                           contemplated by this Agreement,  no Partner may sell,
                           assign,  give,   hypothecate,   pledge,  encumber  or
                           otherwise transfer ("Transfer") all or any portion of
                           its Interest, whether directly or indirectly, without
                           the prior written consent of the other Partners.  Any
                           Transfer in contravention of this Article IX shall be
                           null and void. No General Partner,  without the prior
                           written consent of the other  Partners,  shall retire
                           or withdraw from the  Partnership  except as a result
                           of such  Partner's  involuntary  dissolution or final
                           adjudication as a bankrupt.

                  b.       Permitted Transfers.

                           i.       Any Partner in the  Westbrook  Partner Group
                                    may,  from  time  to  time  and in its  sole
                                    discretion  without the consent of any other
                                    Partner,  sell or assign  its  Interest,  in
                                    whole  or in  part,  to an  entity  of which
                                    Westbrook  or WRECIP or any Person  directly
                                    or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or
                                    under  common   control  with  Westbrook  or
                                    WRECIP continues to control no less than


                                       55

<PAGE>



                                    50% of the voting interests or to a publicly
                                    traded  entity in which  Westbrook or WRECIP
                                    or their  Affiliates own at least 10% of the
                                    interests therein.

                           ii.      Upon  the   expiration   of  the   terms  of
                                    Westbrook and WRECIP,  the Westbrook Partner
                                    Group, collectively, shall have the right to
                                    sell all,  but not less  than all,  of their
                                    Interests   to  one  or  more  third   party
                                    entities provided that the Westbrook Partner
                                    Group shall have first  offered to sell such
                                    Interests   to   Ronto,   which   offer  (an
                                    "Expiration  Offer") shall (i) be in writing
                                    and  signed by each of the  Partners  in the
                                    Westbrook   Partner  Group,  (ii)  delivered
                                    neither less than 12 months nor more than 24
                                    months prior to the  expiration of the terms
                                    of  Westbrook  and  WRECIP  (subject  to the
                                    later  delivery  of  such  Expiration  Offer
                                    under  the  circumstances  described  in the
                                    penultimate   sentence   of   this   Section
                                    9.02(b)),  (iii)  specify the cash  purchase
                                    price at which the  Westbrook  Partner Group
                                    intends  to  sell  their   Interests,   (iv)
                                    disclose  all   liabilities   and  potential
                                    liabilities relating to such Interests known
                                    to  the  Westbrook  Partner  Group  and  the
                                    monetary  amount  of such  liabilities,  (v)
                                    specify the other major  economic  terms and
                                    conditions upon which the Westbrook  Partner
                                    Group   intends  to  sell  such   Interests,
                                    including the  anticipated  closing date and
                                    any   contemplated   financing,   and   (vi)
                                    disclose the  identity of any third  parties
                                    to whom the Westbrook  Partner Group intends
                                    to sell such Interests. Ronto shall have the
                                    right,  for a  period  of 90  calendar  days
                                    after its receipt of such Expiration  Offer,
                                    to elect to purchase  all, but not less than
                                    all,  of  the  Interests  of  the  Westbrook
                                    Partner Group upon the terms and  conditions
                                    set forth in such  Expiration  Offer,  which
                                    closing  shall be held at the  Partnership's
                                    principal  office  and shall  take place not
                                    later than six months  after its  receipt of
                                    such Expiration  Offer.  Failure to give the
                                    Westbrook   Partner   Group  notice  of  the
                                    Ronto's  election to purchase the  Interests
                                    of the  Westbrook  Partner  Group  shall  be
                                    deemed,  upon the  expiration of such 90-day
                                    period,  to be an  election  not to purchase
                                    such Interests  under this Section  9.02(b),
                                    and the  Westbrook  Partner Group shall have
                                    the right to sell their  Interests to one or
                                    more third party entities  provided that (i)
                                    the  purchase  price  (after  deducting  any
                                    brokerage   or   other   fees   payable   in
                                    connection  with  such  sale) is equal to or
                                    greater  than 90% of the  price set forth in
                                    the related  Expiration  Offer, and (ii) the
                                    terms  and  conditions  of such  sale,  when
                                    taken as a whole,  are not  materially  less
                                    favorable  to the  Westbrook  Partner  Group
                                    than  those  set  forth  in such  Expiration
                                    Offer. If the Westbrook  Partner Group fails
                                    to consummate the sale of their Interests to
                                    any  third  party   entity  or  entities  in
                                    accordance with the immediately preceding


                                       56

<PAGE>



                                    sentence  within the  earlier to occur of 90
                                    days after the  anticipated  closing date or
                                    180 days  after the  receipt by Ronto of the
                                    related Expiration Offer, then the Westbrook
                                    Partner Group shall not  consummate any such
                                    sale  without  again  making  an  Expiration
                                    Offer. No Transfer of any Interest  pursuant
                                    to this  Section  9.02(b)  may be made until
                                    all   periods  for  making   elections   and
                                    performing  obligations  under any  previous
                                    right of first  offer  pursuant  to  Section
                                    7.01 shall have  terminated  or any  Default
                                    Buy- Sell Offer  pursuant  to  Section  7.03
                                    shall have terminated.

                           iii.     Any permitted Transfer shall not relieve the
                                    transferor of any of its  obligations  prior
                                    to such Transfer.  Notwithstanding  anything
                                    to the contrary contained in this Agreement,
                                    no  transfer  of  all  or  any  part  of any
                                    Interest  shall  be  made  if,  as a  result
                                    thereof,  any income of the Partnership will
                                    be  subject  to   corporate   tax.   Nothing
                                    contained in this Article IX shall  prohibit
                                    any Transfer indirectly of any Interest if a
                                    direct Transfer would otherwise be permitted
                                    under this Section 9.02.  Subject to Section
                                    9.03,  any   transferee   pursuant  to  this
                                    Section  9.02 shall  become a Partner of the
                                    Partnership.  Each Partner and its permitted
                                    transferees  shall be treated as one Partner
                                    for  all  purposes  of this  Agreement.  The
                                    provisions  of this  Section  9.02  will not
                                    apply to or be deemed to authorize or permit
                                    any  collateral  transfer  of, or grant of a
                                    security    interest   in,   any   Partner's
                                    Interest,  or in Partnership Property (which
                                    transfer  or grant  shall be  subject to the
                                    other provisions of this Agreement).

                  c.       Transferees. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
                           contained in this Agreement,  no transferee of all or
                           any  portion of any  Interest  shall be admitted as a
                           Partner  unless (a) such Interest is  transferred  in
                           compliance  with the  applicable  provisions  of this
                           Agreement, (b) such Transfer shall have been approved
                           in writing by each of the remaining  Partners  (which
                           consent may be  withheld  in their sole and  absolute
                           discretion)   unless   such   Transfer   is  made  in
                           connection  with  the  expiration  of  the  terms  of
                           Westbrook and WRECIP pursuant to Section 9.02(b), (c)
                           if applicable,  such transferee  shall have furnished
                           evidence  of  satisfaction  of  the  requirements  of
                           Section 9.02 reasonably satisfactory to the remaining
                           Partners, and (d) such transferee shall have executed
                           and delivered to the Partnership  such instruments as
                           the remaining Partners deem necessary or desirable to
                           effectuate  the  admission  of such  transferee  as a
                           Partner  and  to  confirm  the   agreement   of  such
                           transferee  to be  bound  by  all of  the  terms  and
                           provisions  of this  Agreement  with  respect to such
                           Interest.  At the request of the remaining  Partners,


                                       57

<PAGE>



                           each such transferee shall also cause to be delivered
                           to the Partnership, at the transferee's sole cost and
                           expense,   a  favorable   opinion  of  legal  counsel
                           reasonably  acceptable  to  the  Partnership,  to the
                           effect that (i) such  transferee has the legal right,
                           power and capacity to own the Interest proposed to be
                           transferred,  (ii) if applicable,  such Transfer does
                           not violate any  provision of any loan  commitment or
                           any  mortgage,   deed  of  trust  or  other  security
                           instrument  encumbering  all  or any  portion  of the
                           Partnership  Property,  (iii)  if  applicable,   such
                           Transfer  will  not  cause  the  termination  of  the
                           Partnership  for  purposes of Section 708 of the Code
                           or  that  such   termination   will  not   materially
                           adversely affect the Partnership or any Partner,  and
                           (iv) if  applicable,  such  Transfer does not violate
                           any  federal  or state  securities  laws and will not
                           cause  the  Partnership  to  become  subject  to  the
                           Investment  Company  Act  of  1940,  as  amended.  As
                           promptly as  practicable  after the  admission of any
                           Person as a  Partner,  the books and  records  of the
                           Partnership   shall  be  changed   to  reflect   such
                           admission. All reasonable costs and expenses incurred
                           by the Partnership in connection with any Transfer of
                           any Interest and, if applicable, the admission of any
                           transferee  as  a  Partner  shall  be  paid  by  such
                           transferee.

                  d.       Section 754  Election.  If  requested  by any Partner
                           making a permitted Transfer under this Agreement, the
                           Partnership  shall make an election under Section 754
                           of the Code.

         42.      EXCULPATION AND INDEMNIFICATION

                  a.       Exculpation.  Except as expressly  agreed pursuant to
                           the Guaranties  executed in connection  herewith,  no
                           general or limited  partner or member of any Partner,
                           shareholder,  member  or other  holder  of an  equity
                           interest  in such  Partner or officer or  director of
                           any of the foregoing,  shall be personally liable for
                           the  performance  of any such  Partner's  obligations
                           under  this  Agreement  but the  foregoing  shall not
                           relieve  any  partner or member of any Partner of its
                           obligations to such Partner.

                  b.       Indemnification.

                           i.       The  Partners,   members  of  the  Executive
                                    Committee,  the  Administrative  Partner and
                                    their  respective  shareholders,   officers,
                                    directors,  partners,  members and employees
                                    shall be  indemnified  and held  harmless by
                                    the Partnership from and against any and all
                                    claims,   demands,    liabilities,    costs,
                                    damages,  expenses  and  causes of action of
                                    any nature whatsoever arising out


                                       58

<PAGE>



                                    of or  incidental  to any act  performed  or
                                    omitted to be  performed  by any one or more
                                    of the  Partners,  members of the  Executive
                                    Committee or the  Administrative  Partner or
                                    their  respective  shareholders,   officers,
                                    directors, partners, members or employees in
                                    connection   with   the   business   of  the
                                    Partnership;  provided,  however,  that such
                                    act or omission was taken in good faith, was
                                    reasonably   believed   by  the   applicable
                                    Partner,  members of the Executive Committee
                                    or  the  Administrative   Partner  or  their
                                    respective      shareholders,      officers,
                                    directors, partners, members or employees to
                                    be in the best interests of the  Partnership
                                    and within the scope of authority granted to
                                    such  Partners,  the Executive  Committee or
                                    the   Administrative   Partner   under  this
                                    Agreement,  and, in the case of a Partner or
                                    member did not constitute  fraud, bad faith,
                                    willful  misconduct,   gross  negligence  on
                                    behalf  of  such  Partner  or  member;  and,
                                    provided,  further,  that an indemnity under
                                    this Section  10.02 shall be paid solely out
                                    of and to the extent of  Partnership  assets
                                    and shall not be a  personal  obligation  of
                                    any  Partner  and in no  event  will  either
                                    Partner be required,  or  permitted  without
                                    the  consent  of  all of  the  Partners,  to
                                    contribute  additional capital under Section
                                    3.02 to enable  the  Partnership  to satisfy
                                    any obligation under this Section 10.02. All
                                    judgments  against the  Partnership  and the
                                    Partners,   or  any  one  or  more  thereof,
                                    wherein  such   Partner  (or   Partners)  is
                                    entitled to  indemnification,  must first be
                                    satisfied from Partnership assets before the
                                    Partners shall be responsible therefor.

                           ii.      The Partnership and the other Partners shall
                                    be  indemnified  and held  harmless  by each
                                    Partner from and against any and all claims,
                                    demands,   liabilities,    costs,   damages,
                                    expenses, and causes of action of any nature
                                    whatsoever  arising out of or  incidental to
                                    (i)  any  act   performed  by  such  Partner
                                    (including acts performed as  Administrative
                                    Partner  or  pursuant  to  the   Development
                                    Agreement)  or  its   designated   Executive
                                    Committee  member which is not  performed in
                                    good faith or is not reasonably  believed by
                                    such  Partner  or its  designated  Executive
                                    Committee member to be in the best interests
                                    of the  Partnership  and within the scope of
                                    authority conferred upon such Partner or its
                                    designated  Executive Committee member under
                                    this Agreement,  (ii) the fraud,  bad faith,
                                    willful  misconduct  or gross  negligence of
                                    such  Partner  or its  designated  Executive
                                    Committee member, or (iii) the breach by the
                                    Partnership of any of its representations or
                                    warranties made under any purchase,  loan or
                                    other  agreement  entered into in connection
                                    with  the  acquisition  of  the  Partnership
                                    Property,  which  breach  was the  result of
                                    information  or  matters  relating  to  such
                                    Partner.



                                       59

<PAGE>



         43.      TERMINATION

                  a.       Dissolution.  The Partnership  shall be dissolved and
                           its  business  wound up upon the  happening of any of
                           the following events, whichever shall first occur:

                           i.       The  assignment  of the agreement to acquire
                                    the Property to a third party,  or the sale,
                                    condemnation  or  other  disposition  of all
                                    Partnership  Property and the receipt of all
                                    consideration therefor;

                           ii.      The failure to acquire  the  Property by the
                                    Partnership  on or before  March  __,  1998,
                                    unless  the  Executive  Committee  elects in
                                    writing to extend such deadline;

                           iii.     The failure to occur the condition set forth
                                    in Section 3.02(f);

                           iv.      The  expiration of the period related to the
                                    election under Section 12.02(a);

                           v.       The  expiration  of the  period set forth in
                                    Section 2.03;

                           vi.      The written  determination  of the Executive
                                    Committee to terminate the Partnership;

                           vii.     The  filing  by the last  remaining  General
                                    Partner,   or   consenting   by   answer  or
                                    otherwise to the filing against such General
                                    Partner,   of  a  petition   for  relief  or
                                    reorganization  or  arrangement or any other
                                    petition in bankruptcy,  for liquidation (in
                                    connection  with a bankruptcy  or insolvency
                                    proceeding)  or to  take  advantage  of  any
                                    bankruptcy   or   insolvency   law   of  any
                                    jurisdiction; the general assignment by such
                                    General  Partner  for  the  benefit  of such
                                    General Partner's  creditors,  consenting to
                                    the  appointment  of a custodian,  receiver,
                                    trustee or other officer with similar powers
                                    of a general partner or of any material part
                                    of such General Partner's property; or

                           viii.    The  appointment by a court or  governmental
                                    authority of competent jurisdiction, without
                                    consent  by  the  last   remaining   General
                                    Partner, of a custodian,  receiver,  trustee
                                    or other  officer with  similar  powers with
                                    respect to such  General  Partner,  or if an
                                    order for  relief  shall be  entered  in any
                                    case  or  proceeding   for   liquidation  or
                                    reorganization or otherwise to take


                                       60

<PAGE>



                                    advantage of any  bankruptcy  or  insolvency
                                    law of any  jurisdiction,  or  ordering  the
                                    dissolution,  winding-up or liquidation  (in
                                    connection  with a bankruptcy  or insolvency
                                    proceeding) of such General  Partner,  or if
                                    any  petition  for any such relief  shall be
                                    filed against such General Partner, and such
                                    petition  or order  shall  not be  dismissed
                                    within 90 calendar days.

Without  limitation  on,  but  subject  to,  the other  provisions  hereof,  the
assignment of all or any part of a Partner's Interest  permitted  hereunder will
not  result  in  the  dissolution  of  the  Partnership.   Except  as  otherwise
specifically  provided in this Agreement,  each Partner agrees that, without the
consent of the other Partners, no Partner may withdraw from or cause a voluntary
dissolution  of the  Partnership.  In the event any  Partner  withdraws  from or
causes a voluntary  dissolution  of the  Partnership  in  contravention  of this
Agreement,  such withdrawal or the causing of a voluntary  dissolution shall not
affect such Partner's liability for obligations of the Partnership.

                  b.       Termination.  In  all  cases  of  dissolution  of the
                           Partnership the business of the Partnership  shall be
                           wound up and the  Partnership  terminated as promptly
                           as practicable thereafter,  and each of the following
                           shall be accomplished:

                           i.       The  Liquidating  Partner  shall cause to be
                                    prepared  a  statement   setting  forth  the
                                    assets and liabilities of the Partnership as
                                    of the date of dissolution,  a copy of which
                                    statement  shall be  furnished to all of the
                                    Partners.

                           ii.      The Partnership Property shall be liquidated
                                    by the  Liquidating  Partner as  promptly as
                                    possible, but in an orderly and businesslike
                                    and  commercially   reasonable   manner  and
                                    subject to the  provisions  of the Operating
                                    Plan then in effect  or a  liquidating  plan
                                    approved  by the  Executive  Committee.  The
                                    Liquidating     Partner    may    distribute
                                    Partnership  Property in kind, only with the
                                    consent of all Partners.

                           iii.     The proceeds of sale and all other assets of
                                    the   Partnership   shall  be  applied   and
                                    distributed  as follows and in the following
                                    order of priority:

                                    (1)      To the payment of (A) the debts and
                                             liabilities   of  the   Partnership
                                             (including any outstanding  amounts
                                             due on any indebtedness encumbering
                                             the Partnership


                                       61

<PAGE>



                                             Property,  or any part  thereof and
                                             the Letter of Credit Reimbursement)
                                             and    (B)    the    expenses    of
                                             liquidation.

                                    (2)      To the  setting up of any  reserves
                                             which the  Liquidating  Partner and
                                             Executive Committee shall determine
                                             to  be  reasonably   necessary  for
                                             contingent,     unliquidated     or
                                             unforeseen      liabilities      or
                                             obligations  of the  Partnership or
                                             any  Partner  arising  out of or in
                                             connection  with  the  Partnership.
                                             Such    reserves    may,   in   the
                                             discretion   of   the   Liquidating
                                             Partner, be paid over to a national
                                             bank  or  national   title  company
                                             selected  by it and  authorized  to
                                             conduct  business as an escrowee to
                                             be  held  by  such  bank  or  title
                                             company   as   escrowee   for   the
                                             purposes   of    disbursing    such
                                             reserves to satisfy the liabilities
                                             and  obligations  described  above,
                                             and  at  the   expiration  of  such
                                             period as the  Liquidating  Partner
                                             may  reasonably   deem   advisable,
                                             distributing any remaining  balance
                                             as      provided     in     Section
                                             11.02(c)(iii);  provided,  however,
                                             that,  to the extent  that it shall
                                             have been  necessary,  by reason of
                                             applicable  law or  regulation,  to
                                             create  any  reserves  prior to any
                                             and all  distributions  which would
                                             otherwise   have  been  made  under
                                             Section  11.02(c)(i) and, by reason
                                             thereof,   a   distribution   under
                                             Section  11.02(c)(i)  has not  been
                                             made,  then any  balance  remaining
                                             shall first be distributed pursuant
                                             to Section 11.02(c)(i).

                                    (3)      The   balance,   if  any,   to  the
                                             Partners,    in   accordance   with
                                             Section 5.05.

                  c.       Liquidating   Partner.  The  Liquidating  Partner  is
                           hereby  irrevocably  appointed as the true and lawful
                           attorney in the name,  place and stead of each of the
                           Partners,  such  appointment  being  coupled  with an
                           interest,  to make,  execute,  sign,  acknowledge and
                           file with respect to the Partnership all papers which


                                       62

<PAGE>



                           shall  be   necessary  or  desirable  to  effect  the
                           dissolution  and  termination  of the  Partnership in
                           accordance  with the  provisions  of this Article XI.
                           Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Partner, upon the
                           request of the  Liquidating  Partner,  shall promptly
                           execute,  acknowledge and deliver all such documents,
                           certificates and other instruments as the Liquidating
                           Partner shall  reasonably  request to effectuate  the
                           proper    dissolution    and   termination   of   the
                           Partnership, including the winding up of the business
                           of the Partnership.

         44.      DEFAULT BY PARTNER

                  a.       Events  of  Default.   If  any  Partner  commits  any
                           material violation or breach of any of the provisions
                           of this Agreement (excluding any failure by a Partner
                           to timely make any Capital Contributions  required by
                           Section 3.02 (a), (b) or (d)) causing material damage
                           or  loss  to  the  Partnership  which  is  not  cured
                           (including,  without  limitation,  by  the  breaching
                           Partner reimbursing the Partnership for the resulting
                           material damage or loss) within a Reasonable  Period,
                           such  Partner  shall  have  committed  an  "Event  of
                           Default".

                  b.       Effect of Event of Default. Upon the occurrence of an
                           Event  of  Default  by any  Partner,  Ronto  (if such
                           Partner  is in the  Westbrook  Partner  Group) or any
                           Partner  in the  Westbrook  Partner  Group  (if  such
                           Partner is Ronto)  shall have the right,  at any time
                           within  one  year  from  the  date of such  Event  of
                           Default  and upon  giving the  defaulting  Partner 10
                           calendar  days' written  notice of such election (and
                           provided such Event of Default is continuing  through
                           the  end  such  10-day  period)  to  take  any of the
                           following  actions  (for  purposes  of  this  Section
                           12.02,  any default by any  Partner in the  Westbrook
                           Partner Group shall be deemed to be a default by each
                           of  the  other  Partners  in  the  Westbrook  Partner
                           Group):

                           i.       Dissolve the Partnership; and

                           ii.      Either (i) implement the buy-sell  procedure
                                    set  forth  in   Section   7.03;   provided,
                                    however,  if the  Event  of  Default  is the
                                    failure  to  pay  the  cash  purchase  price
                                    payable  under  Section  7.01(b)  or 7.03(b)
                                    when due,  then the purchase  price  payable
                                    under Section 7.03(b) by the  non-defaulting
                                    Partner will be  discounted  with respect to
                                    each component  thereof comprised of capital
                                    contributions by the related  percentage set


                                       63

<PAGE>



                                    forth  in such  Section  and the  defaulting
                                    Partner  will not have the option to acquire
                                    the non-defaulting  Partner's  Interest,  or
                                    (ii) pursue any other  remedy  available  at
                                    law or in equity.

Upon  receipt  of the  purchase  price (or  notice  that the  purchase  price is
available  to the  defaulting  Partner)  incident to the  implementation  of the
buy-sell  procedure set forth in Section 7.02, the defaulting Partner shall have
no further  interest  in the  Partnership  or its  business  or assets,  and the
defaulting  Partner  shall  execute  and  deliver  such  assignments  and  other
instruments as may be reasonable to evidence and fully and effectively  transfer
the Interest of the defaulting  Partner to the  non-defaulting  Partner.  In the
event that the appropriate  instruments  are not delivered,  after notice by the
non-defaulting  Partner that the  consideration  is available to the  defaulting
Partner,  the  non-defaulting  Partner may  deliver  such  consideration  to the
defaulting  Partner and  execute,  as the  irrevocable  agent of the  defaulting
Partner, any such legal instruments to the appropriate continuing Partners. Such
agency is coupled with an interest and will survive the  insolvency,  bankruptcy
or  dissolution  of the  Partner.  However,  all parties  hereto  agree that the
non-defaulting  Partner shall not have any individual  liability for any actions
taken in this  connection.  No  assignment  or transfer  of the  Interest of any
defaulting Partner as provided herein shall relieve such defaulting Partner from
any personal  liability for outstanding  indebtedness,  liabilities,  liens, and
obligations  relating  to the  Partnership  which  may  exist on the date of the
assignment   or  transfer;   provided   however,   that,  if   applicable,   the
non-defaulting  Partner may remove the defaulting  Partner as the Administrative
Partner and cause the Partnership to terminate any agreement with the defaulting
Partner or any of its Affiliates. The default of any Partner hereunder shall not
relieve any other  Partner from its  agreements,  liabilities,  and  obligations
hereunder.  A  defaulting  Partner's  Interest  shall not be  considered  in any
Partnership  voting  requirement  if at the time of any such vote such  Event of
Default is continuing.

              45. MISCELLANEOUS

                  a.       Representations and Warranties of the Partners.

                           i.       Each Partner  represents and warrants to the
                                    other Partners as follows:


                                       64

<PAGE>


                                    (1)      It  is  duly   organized,   validly
                                             existing and in good standing under
                                             the  laws  of its  jurisdiction  of
                                             formation with all requisite  power
                                             and  authority  to enter  into this
                                             Agreement   and  to   conduct   the
                                             business of the Partnership.

                                    (2)      This  Agreement   constitutes   the
                                             legal, valid and binding obligation
                                             of  the  Partner   enforceable   in
                                             accordance with its terms.

                                    (3)      No   consents  or   approvals   are
                                             required   from  any   governmental
                                             authority or other person or entity
                                             for the  Partner to enter into this
                                             Agreement and the Partnership.  All
                                             corporate or partnership  action on
                                             the part of the  Partner  necessary
                                             for  the  authorization,  execution
                                             and delivery of this Agreement, and
                                             the     consummation     of     the
                                             transactions  contemplated  hereby,
                                             have been duly taken.

                                    (4)      The  execution and delivery of this
                                             Agreement by the  Partner,  and the
                                             consummation  of  the  transactions
                                             contemplated   hereby,   does   not
                                             conflict  with  or  contravene  the
                                             provisions of its organic documents
                                             or any  agreement or  instrument by
                                             which  it  or  its  properties  are
                                             bound or any law, rule, regulation,
                                             order or  decree to which it or its
                                             properties are subject.

                           ii.      Each Partner in the Westbrook  Partner Group
                                    represents  and  warrants  to Ronto that the
                                    term of  Westbrook  expires on February  24,
                                    2007  and the  term  of  WRECIP  expires  on
                                    February  24,  2007,  subject to the earlier
                                    dissolution  of  Westbrook  or WRECIP by the
                                    affirmative   action  of  their   respective
                                    general partner or limited partners.

                  b.       Further  Assurances.  Each Partner agrees to execute,
                           acknowledge,  deliver,  file, record and publish such
                           further  instruments  and documents,  and do all such


                                       65

<PAGE>


                           other acts and things as may be  required  by law, or
                           as may be  required  to  carry  out  the  intent  and
                           purposes of this Agreement.

                  c.       Notices. All notices, demands,  consents,  approvals,
                           requests  or other  communications  which  any of the
                           parties to this  Agreement  may desire or be required
                           to give hereunder (collectively,  "Notices") shall be
                           in  writing  and  shall  be  given  by  (a)  personal
                           delivery,   (b)  facsimile   transmission  or  (c)  a
                           nationally recognized overnight courier service, fees
                           prepaid, addressed as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


<S>                                                  <C>
         If to the Westbrook                         Westbrook Real Estate Fund II, L.P.
         Partner Group, to:                          599 Lexington Avenue
                                                     Suite 3800
                                                     New York, New York  10022
                                                     Attn:  Mr. Richard P. Hoch
                                                     Facsimile No.:  212/849-8801

         With a copy to:                             Patrick K. Fox, Esq.
                                                     Westbrook Partners L.L.C.
                                                     13155 Noel Road
                                                     Dallas, Texas 75240
                                                     Facsimile No.: 972/934-8333

         And with a copy to:                         Brian L. Bilzin, Esq.
                                                     Bilzin Sumberg Dunn & Axelrod LLP
                                                     200 South Biscayne Boulevard
                                                     First Union Financial Center
                                                     Suite 2500
                                                     Miami, Florida 33131-2336
                                                     Facsimile No.: 305/374-7593

         If to Ronto, to:                            3185 Horseshoe Drive South
                                                     Naples, Florida 34104
                                                     Attn: Mr. A. Jack Solomon
                                                     Facsimile No.: 941/649-6685

         With a copy to:                             John L. Farquhar, Esq.
                                                     Ruden McClosky Smith Schuster &
                                                       Russell, P.A.
                                                     200 East Broward Boulevard
                                                     Fort Lauderdale, FL 33301
                                                     Facsimile No.: 954/764-4996
</TABLE>

                                       66

<PAGE>



Any Partner may  designate  another  addressee  (and/or  change its address) for
Notices  hereunder by a Notice given pursuant to this Section 13.03.  Any Notice
sent in  compliance  with the  provisions  of this Section 13.03 shall be deemed
given on the date of receipt.

                  d.       Governing  Law. This  Agreement  shall be governed by
                           and  construed  in  accordance  with  the laws of the
                           State of New York  applicable to agreements  made and
                           to be performed wholly within that State.

                  e.       Attorney  Fees.  If the  Partnership  or any  Partner
                           obtains a judgment  against  any Partner by reason of
                           the breach of this Agreement or the failure to comply
                           with the terms hereof, reasonable attorneys' fees and
                           costs as fixed by the court shall be included in such
                           judgment.

                  f.       Captions.  All titles or captions  contained  in this
                           Agreement   are   inserted   only  as  a  matter   of
                           convenience  and for  reference and in no way define,
                           limit,   extend,   or  describe  the  scope  of  this
                           Agreement  or the  intent  of any  provision  in this
                           Agreement.

                  g.       Pronouns.  All  pronouns and any  variations  thereof
                           shall be deemed to refer to the masculine,  feminine,
                           and neuter,  singular and plural,  as the identity of
                           the party or parties may require.

                  h.       Successors  and  Assigns.  This  Agreement  shall  be
                           binding upon the parties hereto and their  respective
                           executors,   administrators,  legal  representatives,
                           heirs, successors and assigns, and shall inure to the
                           benefit  of  the  parties   hereto  and,   except  as
                           otherwise    provided   herein,    their   respective
                           executors,   administrators,  legal  representatives,
                           heirs, successors and assigns.

                  i.       Extension  Not a Waiver.  No delay or omission in the
                           exercise  of  any  power,   remedy  or  right  herein
                           provided or  otherwise  available to a Partner or the
                           Partnership  shall impair or affect the right of such
                           Partner or the Partnership thereafter to exercise the
                           same.  Any  extension  of  time or  other  indulgence
                           granted to a Partner  hereunder  shall not  otherwise
                           alter or  affect  any  power,  remedy or right of any


                                       67

<PAGE>



                           other   Partner  or  of  the   Partnership,   or  the
                           obligations  of the Partner to whom such extension or
                           indulgence is granted.

                  j.       Creditors Not  Benefited.  Nothing  contained in this
                           Agreement  is  intended or shall be deemed to benefit
                           any creditor of the  Partnership or any Partner,  and
                           no creditor of the  Partnership  shall be entitled to
                           require the Partnership or the Partners to solicit or
                           accept any Additional  Capital  Contribution  for the
                           Partnership   or  to  enforce  any  right  which  the
                           Partnership  or any  Partner  may  have  against  any
                           Partner  under this  Agreement  or otherwise or under
                           any Guaranty.

                  k.       Recalculation  of Interest.  If any applicable law is
                           ever  judicially   interpreted  so  as  to  deem  any
                           distribution,  contribution,  payment or other amount
                           received by a Partner or the  Partnership  under this
                           Agreement  as  interest  and so as to render any such
                           amount  in excess  of the  maximum  rate or amount of
                           interest  permitted by applicable law, then it is the
                           express  intent of the Partners  and the  Partnership
                           that all amounts in excess of the highest lawful rate
                           or amount  theretofore  collected be credited against
                           any other  distributions,  contributions,  payment or
                           other  amounts  to be  paid by the  recipient  of the
                           excess amount or refunded to the appropriate  Person,
                           and the provisions of this  Agreement  immediately be
                           deemed   reformed,   without  the  necessity  of  the
                           execution of any new  document,  so as to comply with
                           the  applicable  law, but so as to permit the payment
                           of the fullest amount otherwise  required  hereunder.
                           All  sums   paid  or  agreed  to  be  paid  that  are
                           judicially  determined to be interest  shall,  to the
                           extent  permitted by  applicable  law, be  amortized,
                           prorated, allocated and spread throughout the term of
                           such  obligation  so  that  the  rate  or  amount  of
                           interest  on  account  of such  obligation  does  not
                           exceed  the  maximum   rate  or  amount  of  interest
                           permitted under applicable law.

                  l.       Severability.   In  case  any  one  or  more  of  the
                           provisions   contained  in  this   Agreement  or  any
                           application  thereof  shall be  invalid,  illegal  or
                           unenforceable in any respect, the validity,  legality
                           and   enforceability  of  the  remaining   provisions
                           contained herein and other application  thereof shall
                           not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

                  m.       Entire  Agreement.  This Agreement contain the entire
                           agreement between the parties relating to the subject

                                       68

<PAGE>



                           matter  hereof  and  all  prior  agreements  relative
                           hereto which are not contained herein are terminated.
                           Amendments,  variations,   modifications  or  changes
                           herein may be made  effective  and  binding  upon any
                           Partner by, and only by, the setting forth of same in
                           a document duly executed by such Partner to be bound,
                           and any alleged amendment, variation, modification or
                           change herein which is not so documented shall not be
                           effective as to any Partner.

                  n.       Publicity.  No Partner  shall issue any press release
                           or otherwise  publicize or disclose the terms of this
                           Agreement or the proposed terms of any acquisition of
                           the Initial Partnership Property, without the consent
                           of the other Partner,  except as such  disclosure may
                           be made in the course of normal  reporting  practices
                           by a Partner to its partners, shareholders or members
                           or as otherwise required by law.

                  o.       Counterparts.  This  Agreement  may  be  executed  in
                           multiple  counterparts,  each of  which  shall  be an
                           original but all of which together  shall  constitute
                           but one and the same agreement.

                  p.       Confidentiality.

                           i.       The   terms  of  this   Agreement   and  the
                                    Development  Agreement,  the identity of any
                                    person  with  whom  the  Partnership  may be
                                    holding  discussions  with  respect  to  any
                                    investment,   acquisition,   disposition  or
                                    other  transaction,  and all other business,
                                    financial or other  information  (including,
                                    without  limitation,  any  analyses  or  any
                                    other  information  from  the due  diligence
                                    relating to the acquisition of the Property)
                                    relating  directly  to  the  conduct  of the
                                    business and affairs of the  Partnership  or
                                    the relative or absolute rights or interests
                                    of any of the  Partners  (collectively,  the
                                    "Confidential  Information")  that  has  not
                                    been   publicly    disclosed   pursuant   to
                                    authorization by the Executive  Committee is
                                    confidential and proprietary  information of
                                    the  Partnership,  the  disclosure  of which
                                    would   cause   irreparable   harm   to  the
                                    Partnership  and the Partners.  Accordingly,
                                    each Partner  represents that it has not and
                                    agrees  that it will not and will direct its
                                    partners,  shareholders,  members, officers,
                                    directors,  agents,  advisors and Affiliates
                                    not  to,   disclose   to  any   Person   any
                                    Confidential   Information  or  confirm  any
                                    statement  made by third  Persons  regarding
                                    Confidential     Information    until    the
                                    Partnership   has  publicly   disclosed  the
                                    Confidential    Information    pursuant   to
                                    authorization by the Executive Committee and


                                       69

<PAGE>



                                    has  notified  each Partner that it has done
                                    so; provided,  however, that any Partner (or
                                    its    Affiliates)    may   disclose    such
                                    Confidential  Information if required by law
                                    (it being specifically understood and agreed
                                    that  anything  set forth in a  registration
                                    statement  or  any  other   document   filed
                                    pursuant  to law will be deemed  required by
                                    law) or  necessary  for it to perform any of
                                    its duties or  obligations  hereunder  or in
                                    any property  management  agreement to which
                                    it  is  a  party  covering  any  Partnership
                                    Property.

                           ii.      Subject   to  the   provisions   of  Section
                                    13.16(a),   each   Partner   agrees  not  to
                                    disclose any Confidential Information to any
                                    Person  (other  than a  Person  agreeing  to
                                    maintain  all  Confidential  Information  in
                                    strict confidence or a judge,  magistrate or
                                    referee in any  action,  suit or  proceeding
                                    relating to or arising out of this Agreement
                                    or otherwise),  and to keep confidential all
                                    documents   (including   without  limitation
                                    responses to discovery requests)  containing
                                    any Confidential  Information.  Each Partner
                                    hereby consents in advance to any motion for
                                    any  protective  order  brought by any other
                                    Partner represented as being intended by the
                                    movant to  implement  the  purposes  of this
                                    Section  13.16  provided  that if a  Partner
                                    receives   a   request   to   disclose   any
                                    Confidential  Information under the terms of
                                    a valid  and  effective  order  issued  by a
                                    court or  governmental  agency and the order
                                    was  not  sought  by  or  on  behalf  of  or
                                    consented to by the Partner, the Partner may
                                    disclose the Confidential Information to the
                                    extent  required  if the Partner as promptly
                                    as   practicable   (i)  notifies  the  other
                                    Partner   of  the   existence,   terms   and
                                    circumstances of the order, (ii) consults in
                                    good  faith  with the other  Partner  on the
                                    advisability  of  taking  legally  available
                                    steps to resist or to narrow the order,  and
                                    (iii)  if  disclosure  of  the  Confidential
                                    Information is required,  exercises its best
                                    efforts  to  obtain  a  protective  order or
                                    other reliable  assurance that  confidential
                                    treatment will be accorded to the portion of
                                    the disclosed Confidential  Information that
                                    the  other  Partner  designates.   The  cost
                                    (including  without  limitation   attorneys'
                                    fees and expenses) of obtaining a protective
                                    order  covering   Confidential   Information
                                    designated  by the other  Partner  will be a
                                    Partnership cost.

                           iii.     The  covenants  contained  in  this  Section
                                    13.16  will  survive  the  Transfer  of  the
                                    Interest of any Partner and the  termination
                                    of the Partnership.

                  q.       Venue.   Each  of  the   Partners   consents  to  the
                           jurisdiction  of the state courts of the State of New
                           York and of the United State District  Courts for the
                           State of New York for any


                                       70

<PAGE>



                           action  arising  out  of  matters   related  to  this
                           Agreement.  Each of the Partners  waives the right to
                           commence an action in connection  with this Agreement
                           in any court outside of such jurisdictions.

                  r.       WAIVER OF JURY  TRIAL.  EACH OF THE  PARTNERS  HEREBY
                           WAIVES  TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY  ACTION  ARISING  OUT OF
                           MATTERS  RELATED TO THIS  AGREEMENT,  WHICH WAIVER IS
                           INFORMED AND VOLUNTARY.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as
of the date set forth in the introductory paragraph hereof.

                              RONTO GOLF DEVELOPMENTS, INC.,
                              a Florida corporation



                              By:
                              A. Jack Solomon, President


                              WESTBROOK LELY GOLF VILLAS I, L.L.C.,
                              a Delaware limited liability company

                              By:      Westbrook Real Estate Fund II,
                                        L.P., its managing member

                              By:      Westbrook Real Estate Partners
                                       Management II, L.L.C., its
                                       general partner

                              By:      Westbrook Real Estate
                                        Partners, L.L.C., its
                                        managing member

                                        By:
                                        Name:
                                        Title:


                              WESTBROOK REAL ESTATE FUND II, L.P.,
                              a Delaware limited partnership

                              By:      Westbrook Real Estate Partners
                                       Management II, L.L.C., its general
                                       partner


                                       71

<PAGE>



                              By:      Westbrook Real Estate
                                       Partners, L.L.C., its
                                       managing member

                                       By:
                                       Name:
                                       Title:

                              WESTBROOK REAL ESTATE CO-INVESTMENT
                              PARTNERSHIP II, L.P., a Delaware
                              limited partnership

                              By:      Westbrook Real Estate Partners
                                       Management II, L.L.C., its general
                                       partner

                              By:      Westbrook Real Estate
                                       Partners, L.L.C., its
                                       managing member

                              By:
                                       Name:
                                       Title:


                                       72

<PAGE>





                                  EXHIBIT 1.01A

                                  REAL PROPERTY
                                  -------------



<PAGE>



                                  EXHIBIT 1.01B

                                 WESTBROOK NOTE
                                 --------------



<PAGE>



                                  EXHIBIT 1.01C

                           WESTBROOK PLEDGE AGREEMENT
                           --------------------------



<PAGE>


                                  EXHIBIT 1.01D

                                   WRECIP NOTE
                                   -----------



<PAGE>





© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission